Home

Midea Commercial Air Conditioner

1. Test value Outdoor unit HP Noise level dB 8 5 Front VE 1 3 m im o 4 8 1068 o poo Sound Curve 8 10 HP 12 HP 70 70 x ER 5 Man H Ewent 2 60 60 A dd S L KN SE E E D wat E SP Sp vm NC 50 S 50 EL 50 N dr KNC 40 NN K FANC40 FEI gt 40 a NE ann 40 X
2. DC Fan SV6 E e Stop Valve i High Pressure i EXVA Heat Exchanger sv5 P i Zo Stop Valve ST 1 C C K Low Pressure MZ High Pressure ppp unloading valve Switch mm i S Oil Balance l i h Sensor C C Sr S x 2 SV4 Low Pressure 82 S 5 R i Receiver Sv i Pressure i Switch NJ LPS ee DC Fan SV6 R Stop Valve 68 K High Pressure EXV A EXV B Heat Exchanger SV5 I 0 Stop Valve T1 C E 4 Low Pressure E r V unloading valve High Pressure 8 Switch m M l Oil Balance l i Sensor C C 4 9 Y g 2 ES 3n o KS 82 O o E Low Pressure Switch Y PS Remark 1 8 10 HP models only have one inverter compressor 2 12HP has one big capacity inverter compressor and a small fix scroll compressor 3 14 16HP models have two EXV part at the high pressure pipe side different with 12HP model MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance Key Components Oil Separator used to separate oil from high pressure temperature gas refrigerant which is pumped out from compressor The separation efficiency is up to 9996 it makes the oil return back to each compressor very soon Low pressure receiver It is used to store the liquid refrigerant and oil it can protect the compressor from liquid hammer Four way valve control ST1 Closes in cooling mode and opens in heating mode EXV electromagnetic expansion valve control 1 Max Open degree is 480 pulses 2 Generally when system i
3. 0 14000 14100 14200 14300 14400 14500 14600 14700 14800 14900 15000 Air volume m h 55 Accessories Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 10 Accessories 10 1Standard accessories Screw bag 5 Straight screwdriver EN Gauge joint 90 elbow Uw ee T ey Pup 10 2 Optional accessories Optional accessories Branch Joint of outdoor side Branch Joint of indoor side Optional accessories Outdoor controller Three phase electricity power protector Digital ammeter WHM 56 TR Packing Size Gross Weight mm kg FQZHW 02N1C 455 55 185 FQZHW 03N1C 465 85 265 ozono 465 115 258 Distribute the refrigerant to Indoor Units and FQZHN 01C 255 50 90 048 balance the resistence between each outdoor unit razno 2805095 06 roa armes FQZHN 04C 350 70 170 6 FQZHN 05C 365 110 205 noget name ee MD CCMO2 E Monitor the outdoor operating parameter To stop the air conditioner running in case of bad power supply such as Phase HYJ IV 202301600300 Error Over voltage Under voltage lose phase lost and phase sequence inverse Thus to protect the equipment DTS634 DT636 Electricity Charge monitor Functional parts and safety devices MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 11 Functional parts and safety devices MDV 252 8 W DRN1 C MDV 280 10 W DRN1 C MDV 335 12 W DRN1 C DURD S20A 1500 27 8w 2 Fan motor Motor Compressor M
4. J m E T E MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 38 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 Central Control Monitor Appearance n Controller Model Description No 2 generation central control monitor of indoor unit Add MD CCMO3 E M mode lock big screen appearance blue back light display and mode memory function based on MD CCMO1 E The weekly schedule central controller of indoor unit Control MD CCMO9 E Max 64 indoor units and possess week schedule function but cannot connect network control system New general controller of indoor unit It is only switch which velit ce KJR 90B M cannot change special mode but it can simultaneously switch vios dre Pe max 16 indoor units Centralized Controller MD CCMO2 E The central control monitor of outdoor unit Monitor max 32 outdoor units KJRF 180A MBT E Be able to control up 16 indoor units and a water heater including one fresh air unit Be able to lock up to 64 indoor units running mode to avoid KJR 31B E modes conflict Electric and Control System 39 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 1 Central control monitor MD CCMOS E M Central control monitor MD CCMO3 E M is a remote wired controller that is used for controlling up to 64 indoor unit Moreover we could create our AC network with this device including the PC central monitoring system and the BMS Building Mana
5. MEA gt EE Gi Son eee e EN iis Junction Box Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Matching resistance of E communication end is 1200 One centralized controller can be connected to 64 indoor units as a maximum ES es A EE NUI eiii A 2 28 y Gi p DOE Y viz Junction Box Indoor unit Junction Box Indoor unit One centralized controller can be SS connected to 64 indoor units as a maximum Centralized controller The shielded wire must be reliable grounded Matching resistance of communication end is 1200 i D al Ai E L is OO u Box i Junction Dos Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Matching resistance of communication end is 1200 a One centralized controller can be i connected to 64 indoor units as a maximum Indoor unit Note The module which is RS485 shift to RS232 in the diagram and the connective cable are only Centralized controller used when the net system connect with computer One computer can connect with 16 centralize controllers namely 16X64 1024 indoor units could be controlled at mostly The centralize controller to be distinguished by dial code address the address setting range is from 0 to 15 thus in a network system without two centralize controller could be set in a same address 50 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Local computer Centrali
6. Black p ct Purple Gray Green White I Orange Brown CI Blue Red E C Yellow Yellow C Red Blue E EEE ee L L Brown Orange CI White Green wem s H Gray Purple La Black 2 6 2 3 Operation description 1 Connect 5 place terminal at fixed rated wire controller via 5 terminals A B C D E 2 Connect LCD at main control panel of indoor unit via terminals REV C D E 3 Upon wiring according to the wiring diagram in Please power to the wire controller and switch on it Electric and Control System 105 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System When card has been inserted between in COM1 and GND air conditioner is turn on and its operation mode could be set the director lamp at wire controller is light up 4 When no card has been inserted between in COM1 and GND i e It not be short connected the ON OFF button of wire controller cannot start air conditioner but two beeps of air conditioner closed down signals be giving out and no lamp is light up at wire controller 5 User must apply wire controller to turn on air conditioner and set operation modes every time power is input After then operation modes of this performance would be memorized although took off card and than insert it on again as long as power does not be cut off from main unit i e air conditioner will turn off when card is took off while insert it on again unit will perform as per the last setting Notice
7. e E N3 N4 LS 40 LS 40 Pipe between the farthest indoor unit and outdoor unit equivalent length Ls200m L5 Pipe between the farthest indoor unit and first branch joint length L lt 40 90 m The first branch joint unit and outdoor unit Hx70m 1 Level differences above 50 m are available on request Drop height between indoor Indoor unit to intdoor unit drop height h 30m E 56 Note 1 The allowable length from the first branch joint to the farthest indoor unit should be equal to or 2 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation shorter than 40m But the allowable length can extended to 90m if the selection principle can meets all the following conditions 1 It is needed to increase all the pipe diameters of the the main distribution pipe which between the first and the last branch joint assembly Please change the pipe diameter at field If the pipe diameter of the main slave pipe is the same as the main pipe then it is not needed to be increased 2 When counting the total extended length the actual length of above distribution pipes must be doubled Expect the main pipe and the distribution pipes which no need to be increased L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 X 2 at b c d e f g h i j lt 1000m 3 The length from the indoor unit to the nearest branch joint assembly 40m a b c lt 40m Pipe diameter requirements please refers to table 4 3 4 The distance difference between t
8. 232 485 MAX 1024 indoor units 512 outdoor units MAX 16 CCM02 MAX 16 CCM03 To establish a steady network the following should be noted B The signal wire should be 3 core shielded wire and the wire should be provided by licensed electricians B To make signal transmission steady and to protect the facilities the signal transmission wires should not be near to the power line An interval of 300mm 500mm should exist between these two kinds of wires B The signal wire of each network should be less than 1 200m B The unit and the centralized controller should be connected hand in hand which means that all the units same port should be connected to a 3 core wire and the signal wire should be linear in topology Or else the facilities could not work normally 2 4 5 1 Description of Names and Functions Key Words and Basic Functions After the CCM is power on or reset all the segments on LCD will be displayed and last for 3 seconds And then disappear for 2 seconds After this the controller s system runs at normal display mode in which CCM would display the main page Network Area Address Setting Up to 16 CCMO2 can be connected to the gateway or the PC Each CCMO 2 can be view as a secondary or sub net of the network and distinguish themselves by their unique address The address can be set in the key panel and it ranges from 16 31 Address setting method To differentiate the CCMO2 and CCMO3 the addresses of CCMO2 range fr
9. ECOS oeoa ETE METETE enge Pt SEC SL e IEA Ee Pad mem o O EE wef m O 4m 93 ER w a aset Lal osse css sm B ss we E BEER ams o re GENER UU ses UU m T s T MEN E Eh aa Fixed scroll compressor Power supply V Ph Hz Locked rotor ampere A LRA Thermal protector type Refrigerant oil FVC68D 500 MEM NN Crankcase W AAA AA IA IA MEM Input Y MEN NEN A AS Outdoor fan motor mg SCH Lee r LL E Se EES A a Tube pitch a x row coil Fin type code LJ Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum 2 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance Tube outside dia mm 07 94 07 94 07 94 m l 0 20 default 0 20 default 0 20 default External static pressure 20 40 optional 20 40 optional 20 60 optional D Dimension WHD I outdoor Packing WED I A A S T Liquid side Gas side a mm 012 7 025 4 012 7 025 4 12 7 025 4 Oil balance pipe mm 06 35 06 35 06 35 Total pipe length 1000 1000 1000 The farthest pipe The farthest pipe length 40 90 40 90 40 90 o LU equivalent The farthest equivalent Refrigerant pipe length from the 1st piping distributor 5 Max Vertical pipe length When outdoor units is top Max Vertical pipe length When outdoor units is bottom Max drop between indoor Connection T LEAN Signal wiring wiring dia 20 75 w
10. J 48 5 Rotate the flathead screwdriver slightly to open the upper cover at points Screws for fixing the centralized controller GB845 ST3 9 25 Holder Address bits QU Upper cover Address range 00 15 Bit location Note To differentiate each centralized controller the controllers in the same RS 485 net should be with 48 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System different address with each other FORCED OM ENG STOP X YEAR Power cable interface of centralized controller 198V 242V 50 60HZ Emergent Emergent start switch stop switch Communication interface with computer Communication interface with indoor interface Electric and Control System 49 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System RS232 Pin hole for connection to computer COM port eo s ss oo 0 OO RS485 Converted RS232 module l The shielded wire must Matching resistance of be reliable grounded communication end is 1200 F F F F E E p E PE Indoor unit Indoor unit Other Ceniralized controller Matching resistance of One centralized controller can be communication end is 1200 connected to 64 indoor units as a maximum Junction Box Indoor unit Indoor unit The shielded wire must l Centralized controller Matching resistance of eee een communication end is 1200 Nann ipo
11. temperature during observation x 0 1 kgf cm You can find out whether the pressure drops or not by comparing the modification value with pressurization value 3 General ways for searching leak source Conduct detection through three phases find out leak source when pressure drop happens 1 Audition detection hear large leakage sound 2 Hand touching detection place hand at the joint of pipeline to feel whether there is leakage 3 Soap water detection bubbles shall burst out from leak source 4 Detection by use of halogen leak detector Using halogen leak detector when finding out pressure drop but not finding the leak source a Keep nitrogen at 3 0kgf cm b Supplement refrigerant to 5 0kgf cm c Use halogen leak detector methane leak detector and electric leak detector for detection d If the leak source still could not be found continuously pressurize to 40 0kgf cm R410A and then detect again Installation 35 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Outdoor unit Gas side ollfloat valve Liquid side of shut off valve Nitrogen Liquid pipe Indoor unit Gas pipe Ex Nitrogen Pressure meter connector uL 4 Caution 1 The air tightness test is conducted by pressurize nitrogen R410Asystem 40kgf cm 2 It is not allowed to adopt oxide flammable gas and toxic gas to conduct air tightness test 3 Before pressure keeping reading let it rest for several minutes till pressure is stable to record te
12. CA al aN O CO C1 O C1 A CO EN 9 43 9 76 9 83 10 01 7 38 4 36 4 44 4 50 4 56 4 62 4 76 4 84 KR RL RR GO PM P rf wesch O UIJ O1 Aj O1 O OD OD OI A j O1 A 7 8 gl 350 3 3950 44 sias 416 0950 45 Caras 421 saso 45 sias ss 33 50 4 stas ar 0950 47 3550 48 EC 3950 5 62 14 54 29 71 22 6 35 5 5 35 5 35 5 35 5 35 5 5 35 9 35 5 35 5 35 5 33 2 34 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 8 0 1 3 5 f 9 1 3 9 7 9 1 3 5 8 0 1 T 1 T 1 1 1 1 5 2 2 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 1 20 34 3 07 2429 3 73 2824 444 30 15 4 88 32 006 5 34 36 01 6 33 38 53 6 93 35 20 34 449 2429 5 67 28 24 7 01 30 15 7 73 32 06 849 33 98 9 10 34 70 9 17 37 24 29 7 46 32 06 9 05 33 38 9 49 39 24 29 7 94 32 06 9 64 32 90 9 82 45 24 29 8 87 32 06 10 17 32 32 10 34 48 24 29 6 62 32 06 741 35 61 7 46 5 21 54 3 10 28 60 3 55 32 06 4 68 2 21 54 3 13 28 60 3 58 32 06 4 73 21 54 3 17 28 60 3 65 32 06 4 79 2 21 54 3 21 28 60 3 71 32 06 4 88 4 21 54 3 27 28 60 3 78 32 06 4 95 21 54 3 32 28 60 3 85 32 06 5 03 21 54 3 40 28 60 3 93 32 06 5 13 10 21 54 3 49 28 60 4 03 32 06 5 18 12 21 54 3 55 28 60 4 11 32 06 5 28 14 21 54 3 61 28 60 4 18 32 06 5 38 16 21 54 3 68 28
13. o aN 00 CO CH CO CO CO CO C1 CH aN l N C1 N O C1 Wu CO o CO CH O O C1 N O CH O NI O NO e ES CH N CO O NO no CO CH LO I CH 10 12 186 RE LO E C1 Fm no D PENES CO CH di IN A CO Eee CH O AK A CH CH malls l A CO CH ckt 00 CO Oo NI CH SPP CH O 00 O O N no O O LO iN C1 CO cO CO CH O CO CH CO C1 B CH CH CO 00 IA co CH N a no ae e oO NI CH no CO 00 00 O O N O O z s s s ABE O1 do A A C1 C1 NO PO O n9 oO On Zo G ojo EB NIN CO G k sch ojo O O bell O oO ojo C2 o P cO AJA co ojo C2 NIO cO O NIN ojo AJA N Y Ol k o co ojo ojo oj gt A w co O1 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 10HP heating mode Indoor temperature C DB Combination Capacity index Outdoor air temp 21 me eo rc m wo wv vc e vc e tc m 20 633 20 10 6 51 6 90 6 99 w 130 os 2440 656 2430 688 2420 720 2420 795 2620 751 2010 788 o o7 sao 789 0140 1 3130 Bar 3120 846 120 a2 3120 886
14. 10 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System corrosion 2 Plastic wire tube is generally used in indoor and place with corrosion but it is not suitable to situation with mechanical damage 3 The wiring through pipe shall not be in the form with ends jointing If there must be joint connection box should be installed at the corresponding place 4 The wiring with different voltage should not pass through the same wire tube 5 Total sectional area of wiring through wire tube shall not exceed 40 valid area of stuffing tube 6 Fixing point of wire tube support shall follow the standard below 1 5 4 Outdoor unit power wiring selection 1 Separate Power Supply without power facility The shortest wiring dia Manual switch A Creepage Model Power mm 20m 50m GND Capacity Fuse MDV 252 8 W DRN1 C 4x16 lt 100mA 0 1sec MDV 280 10 W DRN1 C 4x16 lt 100mA 0 1sec MDV 335 12 W DRN1 C 4x16 lt 100mA 0 1sec MDV 400 14 W DRN1 C protector eegenen D Note The length in the table equals the value of power cord connecting outdoor units indicating the condition that the voltage dropping range is within 2 If the length exceeds the above figure please select the wire diameter according to relevant standard 2 With power facilities Outdoor unit Leakage Manual lt gt power supply protector switch 380 415V 3N 50Hz 60Hz Leakage protector Manual swit
15. 16 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Qutdoor Unit l Indoor Unit Indoor Unit It is inverted Indoor Unit Caution shielded layer should be connected to electrical panel 2 1 4 Signal wire of centralized control When centralized control is needed one CCMO3 central controller of indoor unit can only control the indoor units which are in the same refrigerant system via the port X Y E of outdoor unit Outdoor unit will automatically distribute the address to indoor units without any manual setting Remote controller can enquiry and modify every indoor unit address The diagram below shows the connection of signal wire in this case Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Central controller of indoor unit ToR S485 RS 232 Converter F1 F2 E5 Central controller of outdoor unit i K1 K2 E To RS485 R5232 AER C BERE Converter A E DOE Intdoor unit Intdoor unit Intdoor unit Intdoor unit Besides CCMO3 can also connect indoor units via the port X Y E of indoor unit However one more group of wire X Y E between indoor units is needed it is more complex and not suggested Anyway the diagram below shows the connection of signal wire in this case Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Slave Slave Slave ER Central controller of o
16. Communication fault A AAA EE and PC gateway and functional module and network interface module Communication mistake between network interface module and main control board Content 52 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 2 Weekly schedule timer central controller MD CCMO9 E VV ON ON ON ON V MD CCMO9 E is designed base on the CCMO3 max 64 indoor units control weekly schedule timer function With the function above CCMO9 E can t be connected to the network control system And actually it dose not have the port F 1 F2 E which are needed if connects to the computer 5 seconds e tard lasting fan 5 secWIND LAT mode Sige pat o eguprmert va Sec Unt mt sein a parsodor un ard Opsi regier i stats DAM indoor epa mode and ar weed press a M Za Reduce parameter when setirv edocs vr press ese ken for meat Tee cere oe e When querying and seing indoor unt press Grecton em tor chooaeson keys tor hers indoor vg press Tre Kr aomictrg reen ow Eh man pap press Progam Ma onn nii PG dn fre cer zg or Pr Ge Mod pwesrg te Den wya d fen mes quern o Weekly hoy seo Open of ui Open oracion E Timing has dosed press E fent wa open E Timing has open pess Ten t 7 days Weekly schedule setting Maximum 128 weekly amp daily schedules Max 64 indoor units group control or individual setting Clear and bright screen wi
17. In the unified setting page press the Up key and the Lock key concurrently to lock all air conditioner mode in the network The mode locking is cancelled when the key is pressed again Note When you lock or cancel locking the corresponding icon indication appears or disappears only after all the air conditioners in service are set completely as a result it take a while to finish the mission When the air conditioners in service is many wait patiently 16 Confirmation key In the setting mode press the key to send the currently selected mode status and the auxiliary function status to the selected air conditioner and display the mode setting operation results After you select the operation mode and auxiliary function status information of the air conditioner if you do not press the confirmation key the selected information will not be sent to the air conditioner and will not affect the current operation of the air conditioner The operations of remote controller locking and unlocking do not need pressing the confirmation key The command information is sent directly after the locking key is pressed 17 Reset key Anytime when the reset key is pressed the centralized controller will reset The result is the same as the result of restoring power on after power failure 2 4 1 3 Installation Installation dimensions As shown in the figure J on the right side Installation screw holes 4 holes
18. ol o Ojojojo wilo OIAINJ O o cCc o NINININ wilo B BA A a Oj jojojo KR BR W W MIO lI Om c nn oj o PO PM M DP OD OD Oj ojojo Oj jojojo A BR RY AR O oO O0O O NN O1 IO o MCAC VTSM 2012 09 opecification and performance 41 13 20 3 06 15 80 3 77 18 30 4 56 19 60 5 02 20 90 5 47 23 40 6 52 26 00 7 62 o 3 137 135 160 1670 187 1680 198 1790 214 2010 241 2230 274 2 11 30 1 39 13 50 1 64 15 70 1 91 16 80 2 02 17 90 2 17 20 10 2 46 22 30 2 77 s 3 145 1950 170 1570 198 1080 209 1750 225 2010 255 2230 208 s ns 148 1950 178 1570 202 1080 210 1790 220 2010 260 2230 293 CH CO CH O no CO C1 CH co no C1 N O no N CO o 00 CH no BA CH N cO CH N O1 O NO e E CH no CO CH N N CO CH CO no O Mh PM PDP N IO wesch b wesch bh bh UIl ojojo wesch sch wesch M OD oO oO bh wesch wj Q aj o ojojo AH O OO NIOJN L 0 Aj A NINI N oOojJojo NO PO Po OJIN CO sch wesch 92 1921 EE Co CO oj ojo NO PO Po M O1 ES OJOO bh wesch NO NI N Oo cO oO oj ojo NM Ph Po o WN CO O Co NO PO PO ojojo E E A E oOjJojo wj AINI O OJJA NINNIN NO PO Po C2 ojojo wj OINI o
19. 1000 2262 968 9041 890 s ar 395 1030 8722 969 35 00 900 0978 867 9262 835 9041 774 7 6 39 43 9 73 37 22 9 12 35 00 8 50 33 73 8 20 32 62 7 92 30 41 7 34 e 7s as 920 sra ss 3500 sos 0978 777 9202 751 3041 696 Cmn ss se er sra e16 350 764 0978 787 9202 718 9041 661 315 ws as s22 8722 772 2500 zzs 0978 699 9202 674 0041 628 o oer ses p es paese EE eoe 22 en me ea 7 s ew 676 2658 ess 2500 600 2405 ss 220 561 2168 525 s 7s 2617 64 2658 606 2500 sz 2405 553 2026 595 2168 500 N do Note 1 is shown as reference 2 In cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 48 degree C when selecting the models 4 In heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate It is recommended to connect less than 130 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 8 Sound Levels Standard of testing
20. 15 88 630 770 6180 7540 NEM tubing tie in 3 4 19 05 990 1210 9270 11860 Caution When you are tightening the flaring nut with a spanner the tightening torque will be suddenly increased at a certain point From this point further tighten the flaring nut to the angles shown below 7 Check whether the surface of the flaring opening is damaged The size of the flaring opening is as shown below Pipe Diameter Size of Flaring Opening A 1 4 6 35 8 7 9 1 Cautions a Apply some refrigeration oil onto the inner surface and outer surface of the flaring opening to facilitate the connection or rotation of the flaring nut ensure close sticking between the sealing surface and the bearing surface and avoid pipe bending b Ensure that the flaring opening is not cracked or deformed otherwise it cannot be sealed or after the system runs for some time refrigerant leakage will occur 3 1 3 5 Pipe bending 1 Method 1 Manual bending Suitable for thin copper pipes d56 35 0512 7 2 Mechanical bending Suitable in a wide range of copper pipes Op 35 4567 Spring bender manual bender or electric bender is used Purpose Reduce welding joints and required elbows and improve engineering quality In order to save material no joint is needed 2 Caution 1 When bending a copper pipe ensure that there is no twinkle or deformation on the inner side of the pipe 2 When using a spring bende
21. 2 Units Installation 17 2 1 Installation OF Indoor EEN 17 2 2 Installation of Outdoor Unit occccooccnccnonononaconocnonononanonenanonos 17 3 Refrigerant Pipe Engineering 24 3 1 Refrigerant Pipe Droceseing 24 Se ME ad Eca oewesaacegeatenasenev athens temeanectaneus 34 3 35 Vacuum DIVINE dee 36 344 Recharge of Remera tania ia 38 4 Drainage Pipe Engineering 39 5 Duct Engineering 44 S Ke I 6 Heat Insulation Engineering ssssseesee 47 p 7 Electrical Engineering 50 8 Commissioning sees 52 Installation 1 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 Installation Introduction 1 1 Select the Refrigerant Piping for V4 K series modular type 1 1 1 Length and drop height permitted of the refrigerant piping Table 4 1 L1 L2 L3 L8 L9 a Total pipe length actual length lt 1000m mv Pipe length ud dL Li L5 L2 Lo length Equivalent length L of pipe from the lt 40 Lo Lg L first branch to the farthest one Hm im i i EEN Outdoor unit up s 70m between indoor unit and outdoor Outdoor unit 110m unit down D l rop NEON between indoor unit and indoor unit gt Outdoor unit Sos one or more outdoor units ll E San EN Indoor unit m Le 6 6 d Fig 4 1
22. 7 MODE Pressing MODE button to enter into MODE setting function Users can set the indoor unit to the Force Cool mode or OFF mode 8 OK Pressing OK button to confirm all settings and send the setting signals to the corresponding air conditioners 9 LOCK Press this button to disable other buttons and prevent users from pressing the other button neglectfully Press this button again to quit the lock status 10 ADDRESS In set page pressing the SET button repeatedly the address number will be increased by one When the address is equal 31and you press once more the address will restart from16 Description of LCD Screen A ula A EE E a ESE f A E WAR A gt N A EE fF P M d G AI CDV QE Hl OU aRR Mod UIC HH A Outdoor unit GNSS LUI tN gt Y L L dn WES MUENY SIE SP RON LES p x d We NI gt 5 n FI III d z A O U UUU Online ON LULU Online ON UY LY UNIINS UN k LY Un mg Ww Power kWh gt S li 2 WARS E fo forced Sc S v NAME IM 1 L sool ing E Mi uU H J N Goo Ing o cs S POL cen ose SI GY Waly He A SAN b va emo Current 4 3 S Mo UU Gl VA AA an NON D A A atl M S 1 2 A OPIO r e a pe EMA H IE f 0
23. Indoor main pipe indoor Total capaciy oF Pipe dimension branch indoor units Range Gas Liquid x100W L3 C N1 N2 280 230 lt A lt 330 022 2 09 5 FQZHN 02C Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation LA D N3 N4 280 230 lt A lt 330 022 2 09 5 FQZHN 02C The Max The Max equivalent pipe length2 90m pipe length2 90m Range Refer to Gas Side Liquid Side EC 10HP 025 4 Welding 12 7 Flaring Nut 8sw3st0HP EE NB 14HP 31 8 Welding 15 9 Flaring Nut 12 lt W2 lt 16HP EE according 31 8 Welding 15 9 Flaring Nut 12 lt W1 lt 16HP E MAHP 068 Welding O19 Welding E combination according 40HP 038 1 Welding H19 1 Welding 34 48HP to p Ge Three modular E FQZHW 03N1Clto the table combination e 1 1 3 4 Compare the total capacity from indoor side and outdoor side select the main pipe dia according to the bigger one Main pipe L1 in the Fig 4 3 which upstream outdoor units total capacity is 10 12 16 38 base on table 4 5 the gas liquid pipe diameter are d 38 1 d 22 2 total capacity of the downstream indoor unit is 140 X 6 56 x 2 71 X2 1094 base on table 4 4 the gas liquid pipe diameter are 38 1 019 1 take the large one for your selection final confirm the main pipe diameter is gas liquid pipe 038 1 022 2 1 1 4 Branch drawing 1 1 4 1 Indoor branch drawing Indoor EX Installation DH Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 L 6V QI FQZHN 02C Z Z1 01 1 61 01
24. Mode switch is the only key on the controller Slide this key and command all the indoor units to the corresponding mode to avoid mode conflict 2 4 6 3 Installation Dimension Electric and Control System 91 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Controlling wiring connection Mode I gt Li i Indoor locking dii Ao unit controller SE q Gi i Tie the screw Signal wire Power wire 92 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Assemble the front shell to the base Connect the power adaptor to the controller The power supply of the KJR 31B E should be 220 240V 56 60Hz Electric and Control System 93 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Summary Comparison of the centralized controller CCMO3 CCMO09 KJR 90B KJR 180A Queryin FOLOWME ees o Max units pn In 16 16 Electric and Control System KJR 31B CCM02 64 Note RS 485 is the very communicative way that our units use In one complete system several RS 485 networks are built in side For example all the P Q E terminals compose a RS 485 network and all the X Y E another So is the K1 K2 E and the F1 F2 E ones Each RS 485 network should be connected in the hand in hand way But the different RS 485 networks are separate 94 System Electric and Control MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 5 Network Control System Controller Model Description f Bu
25. he setting of outdoor unit s dial switch should be conducted under power off otherwise the unit shall not identify The following table shows the address and power of outdoor master and slave unit 1 TI Seu 1 me 3 Saveunta2 2 mr Salve unit3 3 14HP gt 4 Invalid address system 16HP error 75 Invalid dial switch 8 2 Commissioning of Trial Run 8 2 1 Commissioning for trail run of single unit 1 Each independent refrigeration system i e each outdoor unit should be conducted trail operation 2 Detection details of trail run 1 As for fan in unit make sure the rotating route of its impeller is correct and impeller turns around smoothly No abnormal vibration and noise 2 Check whether there is abnormal noise during operation of refrigerant system and compressor 3 Check outdoor unit whether it can detect each indoor unit 4 Check whether drainage is smooth and its lift pump can be in motion 52 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 5 Check whether microcomputer controller can be in motion normally and whether any trouble appears 6 Check whether operating current is within the allowed range 7 Check whether each operating parameter is within the range permitted by the equipment Note When conducting trial run separately test cooling mode and heating mode to judge the stability and reliability of system 8 2 2 Commissioning for the trial run of the paralleled system 1 Check and conf
26. pgs D 3 Part 3Specification amp Performance E b OE A E 2 oa ZB itl E 6 ES 3 PIDIMO MPLICLc e 10 c 4 Electric CharacteriStiCS nonnnnnininininionnnnnnnnc AEN NENNEN 12 5 Wiring Diagrams and Field NKIEIDESeegegeegugge e coire nC o eege EES ENEE 13 S E Aaa riiai 18 398 yere eege ee 19 TY us 9 gt 0UNnd LOVES usina 54 E 9 QOUTAOOr Fan PernormanCO P 55 E EE Ee 56 EN 11 Functional parts and safety deviCeS sssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm 57 Partl 3 UE le EE TANStallatlON INTODUGHOM pt 2 2 Scoute Jett Msi 17 S MeMmigerant Pipe ENGINCCHING E 24 E 4 Drainage Pipe ENgiNeeriNQ ooccocnncoconcccnoncononcnnarennnonnrnnn crm rnnnrnnnrrnn rra rn remar rnnnrnnarrnanrnanrenanenss 39 AP a ziuenid 44 q 6 Heat Insulation EngiNeeriNgO ccocnccccoccconnccnnononanonaccnnnrnnnrrnn eere eene ense eene nnn nennen nnn nnn nnns 47 rz Ed Oe BR te UE e O BE 50 A mero unn Ee Uu NG DEE 52 Part 5 Troubleshooting BO 1 Normal Air Conditioner Phenomenon coccoonnnccnnnnnccnnonenenono coeneesneeneeeeeeseeeeoaeaessneeneeenees 1 E 2 Air Conditioner Protection in Common eonnnnnconononcnconananannnnn seeeeee nnne enn n nn nnn nana anna nnns 2 3 Ma
27. 3 Diameter of bolt and rivet to duct flange for middle low pressure system should be no more than 150mm As for duct of high pressure system it should be no more than 100mm 4 Four angles of rectangle duct flange should be designed with screw hole 5 When improving the strength of duct flange position by adopting reinforcement method the applied condition corresponding to flange specification could be extended 2 Connection of nonmetallic duct opecification of flange should be in accordance with standard gap of bolt hole should be no more than 120m Four angles of rectangle duct flange should be designed with screw hole 3 Strengthening of metal duct When edge length of rectangle duct is more than 630mm edge length of insulation duct is more than 800mm and length of pipe section is more than 1250mm or single edge level area of low pressure duct is more than 1 2 square meters and single edge level area of high middle pressure duct is more than 1 0 square meter strengthening measures should be conducted 4 Strengthening of nonmetallic duct When diameter or edge length of HPVC duct is more than 500mm the joint section of duct and flange should be equipped with strengthening board and the gap should not be more than 450mm 5 3 Connecting Highlights of Duct 1 Supporting hanging and mounting bracket should be made of angle steel Position of expansion bolt should be correct firm and reliable The buried part could not be painted and
28. Discharge temperature sensor Connect the wire connector to wire connector is not connected the main board correctly to the main board or poor Sensor is not connected to the Connect the sensor to the compressor compressor Chip fault or chip foot sheds Reinstall chip or install other off or chip is inverted correct chip with same model on the mode is semicircular faulty unit to check whether bent alignment there is something wrong with chip 12 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 7 E8 Outdoor unit address is wrong Outdoor Unit ES Display Error ODU displays E8 Explanation Supposed ODU is assigned a wrong address Causes Troubleshooting ODU address is wrong Check the ODU s address which should be less than 3 and not be the same Chip is defective or Reinstall the chip or installed incorrectly replace it with a fine one Main control board is 3 Replace the main defective control board Troubleshooting 13 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 8 E9 EEPROM is not matched Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting E9 ODU displays E9 All the ODU standby 1 Switch be set the wrong number 2 EEPROM Chip fault or chip foot sheds off 3 main board fails E9 Voltage malfunction Check side 1s the dial code of E Set the dial code of E side correctly set correctly according to the capacity of
29. E OQ D SS Ns QN d e o y L 00 mb Selection Procedure Selection Procedure MHVAC VTSM 2010 03 1 Introduction 1 1 Model Selection Procedure oelect the model and calculate the capacity for each refrigerant system according to the procedure shown below e Calculation of the indoor air conditioning load Calculate the maximum air conditioning load for each room or zone Selection of an air conditioning system e Select the ideal air conditioning system for air conditioning of each room or zone Design of the control system e Design a suitable control system for the selected air conditioning system Preliminary selection of indoor and outdoor units e Make preliminary selections that are within the allowable range for the system Check of the tubing length and elevation difference e Check that the length of refrigerant tubing and the elevation difference are within the allowable ranges Calculation of the corrected outdoor unit capacity eCapacity correction coefficient for model outdoor temperature conditions tubing length and elevation difference Calculation of the actual capacity for each indoor unit eCalculate the corrected indoor outdoor capacity ratio based on the corrected outdoor unit capacity and the total corrected capacity of all indoor units in the same system Hecheck of the actual capacity for each indoor unit elf the capacity is inadequate reexamine the unit combinations 1 2 Indoor Unit Selection
30. Ensure that outdoor unit is well grounded 4 Before commissioning do not turn on the valves of the gas pipe and liquid pipe of the outdoor unit 5 Ensure sufficient maintenance space is available at the installation site 2 2 6 Installation space for outdoor unit 1 One row gt 800mm gt 800mm gt 800mm m Front 100 500mm 1 1 4 When the outdoor unit is lower than the surrounding obstacle Refer to the layout used when the outdoor unit is higher than the surrounding obstacle However to avoid cross connection of the outdoor hot air from affecting the heat exchange effect please add an air director onto the exhaust hood of the outdoor unit to facilitate heat dissipation See the figure below The height of the air director is HD namely H h Please make the air director on site Installation 19 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation e cT c mmm im ED EEE RASY RAS CT VER APS EEE m Front Front E E 100 500mm 5 For limited space installation The dimensions should meet the request according to the marks otherwise a mechanic exhaust device must be added Front view Front view a ai a ai ei ei a e dl dl wi ei A gt 45 gt 300mm C gt 1000mm D Airflow deflector 6 Set the snow proof facility In snowy areas facilities should be installed to prevent snow See the figure below defective facilities may cause malfunction Please lift the bracket higher
31. M sch E y e Z k oe IN Ke N 7 A che F A A ao dg A j E VAT V 1 0 K AJ Q E LJ WI 4 LV Ll 3 Al 9 9 e D p onl p le riii ES S2 GS EZV b med D AQ POS 23 1 2 ey A JAaAarrAeIr IT ele CCS ESQ a ME Ei YI recurn VeTrosut Joerate mwogesunsuoccess Data Delivering 1 Figure means CCM is sending query order Electric and Control System 77 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System L_J 2 Figure means CCM is in communication connection with PC and it will be off in 20 seconds with no communication 3 Figure mul means CCM is in communication connection with outdoor unit and it will be off in 20 seconds with no communication 4 Press the OK button in setting page and waiting for 4 seconds successful or unsuccessful will be shown in the operation state area Stand by Page Display CH pst Module 1 Figure HH Online ax means the total number of online modules 2 Figure E nine on means the total number of online outdoor units 3 Stand by Page can display the address of CCM with the address format of Addr xx here xx equals the real address of CCM plus 16 so the range of xx is 16 31 Query Page Display 1 Query Page Display the symbol of query nH Module f
32. N N ININ N N ND N pA BRLATAILALAILALA olojolojololojo ojoaja a as a a pa olo al o ulmio C mo oo cO Co m m mi mi rnminml rni rnm w w ajajaja olwololwo lolwo ol o olojolojololojo olojoj ol o o s s alaniolojlulol x a aluvjajo u l ojo m m m mj rnminml rni rnm Oo ojolilolioi oio o OO oOojojlolojolol o o d x ojo o oc o olo x uwulo ua O R xIn N A O0 m m mi nmj rnminml ni rnm S ll ENEE Ninri olulol ni x a wlojoloj lolojo IIxiIxI xilolo lolo olu ininjoix aj o lR l olv N N Co ES ES al uns CO no CH C1 O r C1 CO CH Sek CO C1 00 LA CH no dl CH co O CH N N 00 N e co CH no P CO N CO IN CH no N 00 no O O O CO CO 10 12 14 16 E E CO no CH zw E x 00 C1 CO CH no CH no 00 LA CH no CO A CO O O N o CO NO e co CH no O cO N CO IN CH CO CH 00 no O O O CO I cO CH P PM DM DP N UO GI _ sch sch wilo MNINININ oOolojlojo Ni O 0O O 0C01 M oO ch sch O11 O1 O1 al o CO oO O O oO PO PO MD DP OS PM Oc1 Ooj o o o CO CO UIl Ojojojo O0OD IN N N O 0O N o 0o oO k ss l Oo CO CO CO D oO O aO oO OD O N N w oO Oo oO Ol P PM MI DM ojojojo c
33. Way of thoroughly drying pipeline is as follows 1 Making use of nitrogen gas to flush the inner part of pipe until no dirt and humidity 2 Carry out vacuum drying operation see vacuum drying of MDV refrigerant piping in detail 3 Shut down nitrogen main valve Installation 33 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 4 Repeat above operations to the connected copper pipe of all indoor units 5 Sequence of flushing when pipeline has been connected to system sequence of flushing is from far to near that is in light of principal unit flushing from the farthest pipe opening to principal unit in turn i e 1 2 8 4 5 6 lt lt 2 lt 6 o E o Caution When flushing one pipe opening block all pipe openings which are connected to this opening 6 After finishing flushing seal soundly all openings linked with atmosphere to prevent the entering of dust trash and moisture 3 1 6 Installation highlight of pipe system 1 Pipe between outdoor units must install horizontally the mid connecting pipe between those pipes aren t allowed downward drop 2 All pipes between outdoor units cannot be higher than the outdoor units outlet The right installation type SAS Y A V BB BO O 24 4 EY NN NS Z ENS NOS S hg the Nhe he he Fc 9 SS SS NS US N SS 4 NS 2 8 SS y EN SAS WWW EEN U 77 LISSA H ae xl NY E
34. n C U TY SS D O OoOo o e ch A Liguid side The connected pipe diameter 15 9 Gauge point Detect the pressure Refrigerant replenishment Oil balancer For parallel connect the modular units Gas side The connected pipe diameter 031 8 Connect the liquid pipe accessory field installation Oil balance pipe only for combination GS Connect the gas pipe Low pressure float valve GLow pressure float valve Specification and performance 3 Piping Diagrams MCAC VTSM 2012 09 DC Fan sve e i Stop Valve i Sy High Pressure EXVA Heat Exchanger eu Stop Valve SY C C K Low Pressure i High Pressure HPS unloading valve i Switch i i i i High Pressure C C K Oil Balance i m Sensor SENP 5 SH S Se 3 SV4 i EL e SF o L Low SV 2 i Pressure Ze Switch x PS l
35. s 4i sss 042 osso s64 3550 ses 0540 535 0540 9 06 9530 927 7 s s se sao sse Urea poee sra 912 0720 922 9570 566 s 7s sso eso 9920 89 seo 915 3o10 928 sso eos 0570 82 Cn ss 30 89 4120 015 4100 927 aa 890 aa ase 0570 r amp 4 Tee 9 2060 600 2050 63s 2050 669 2040 686 2040 704 2030 736 aer 7 zw 620 2130 657 2117 690 2120 ror 2120 72 2110 756 12096 C os 2450 699 2620 727 2420 757 2010 772 2010 786 2400 15 o o7 sao 621 0130 844 0120 s66 aa 678 si 556 5110 on s a2 so ese 9370 87s 3370 898 3360 004 0360 914 9290 909 7 s aro ss sao sor parao psas seco 913 2540 876 9290 804 s 7s oo seso 924 are eso seco ase ss4o ss 9290 756 Ta os 20 922 4020 sos 37 60 840 3660 sor ss4o 775 9290 713 Cos 2420 74 2410 759 2410 795 2600 608 2400 sz 2400 546 o o7 sum 054 9120 875 0110 s95 s110 905 0110 916 9020 596 s 4i 3540 ess 9540 15 3470 909 0950 875 s240 538 9020 700 7 s s 916 ses o22 Faas 3350 620 seo ree 9020 723 s 7s s 931 36s 867 3470 es aa 772 0240 r4 9020 682 Tir ss s10 eze aes 815 sezo 756 0950 var
36. time and state The accumulator is large volume design which can more save refrigerant to avoid liquid strike Multi back oil holes can ensure compressor smooth back oil 2 5 6 Intelligent soft start technology rapidly enhance refrigerant cycle volume Compressor soft start complete low frequency and low current start by DC Inv compressor and to reduce strike to electric network When start DC Inv Compressor system runs in large volume and offer more heating capacity And use the start rapidly advantage of fixed frequency compressor to quickly up to output aim e Compressor soft start e Lubrication system soft start General Information 7 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz MCAC VTSM 2012 09 2 06 Convenient for installation and service 2 6 1 Auto addressing Addressing outdoor units and indoor units are automatically done just by pressing the button of the controller e he outdoor unit can automatically distribute the address to indoor units without any manual settings e Wireless controller can enquiry and modify every indoor units address Upto 64 indoor units can be connected to one system and identified automatically 2 6 2 Super Wiring It is possible to enable the shared use of the wiring between indoor amp outdoor units as well the centralized control Hence make it easy for the user to retrofit the existing system with a centralized control by simply connecting it to the outdoor units e PQE amp XYE just
37. 2 he air port should be installed firmly and air pipe should be connected tightly Frame should be tightly contact with decorate of building The appearance should be smooth and flat and regulation is flexible 3 If air port is installed horizontally deviation of levelness is no more than 3 1000 If air port is installed vertically deviation of perpendicular should be no more than 2 1000 4 The same air port in same room should be installed at the same height and put in order 46 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 6 Heat Insulation Engineering The insulation of refrigerating equipment and pipe is carried out through general insulation method which binding the equipment and pipe with solid multi hole insulation material and exploiting proper wet proof and protection measures called insulation structure The form of insulation structure shall be different in light of different insulation materials This is a traditional insulation method which is adopted very early Although its insulation performance is general but it is simply in structure convenient in construction and cheap in price so that it is widely used in refrigeration engineering 6 1 Insulation of Refrigerant Piping 6 1 1 Operational procedure of refrigerant piping insulation Construction of refrigerant pipe insulation excluding connecting section test for air sealing connecting section insulation Connecting section for instance insulation constr
38. 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 w w w w alala o SIbIblIA ololola AR KIO on ee O Oo wm I OO w o 0 OEN o o ALA A NIL O oO oi Go 189 241 2250 291 26 20 944 2800 974 2980 400 9050 459 3540 159 248 22 50 301 26 20 356 2800 sss 2980 a14 9050 474 3540 EC CO C1 IN CH 466 Lan O CO Wu iN O AK CO CO CO al E O A co O CO AB O CH wesch no Sr On E o oj uo O o t so 462 9490 4 gt oO 3 3 0 1 7 1 30 40 7 P 91 50 00 60 10 F 40 50 7 20 70 20 80 1 18 3 5 9 3 5 9 4 3 5 8 5 2 2 4 3 5 9 3 5 9 4 3 5 8 5 2 2 4 1 12 14 1 18 25 1890 3 00 2250 se 2620 471 2000 519 2980 570 3130 602 a200 606 zr nss 320 2250 406 2620 503 2800 555 2080 609 3080 627 9150 633 an 389 404 2250 614 2620 res 2668 776 2719 786 2761 799 2098 805 s 17 00 200 20 90 240 2360 288 2520 309 2680 028 3010 078 0840 435 3 7e 202 2030 242 2360 287 2520 a18 2680 ao 3010 301 0940 437 o 70 205 2090 245 2060 291 2520 817 2880 as 3010 088 0840 440 2 i70 208 2030 249 2360 294 2520 a22 2680 342 3010 394 9340 447 7 n 2090 252 2360 299 2520 020 2880 sd 3010 400 S34
39. 2 Selection of wiring 1 The selection of wiring area shall in accordance with the requirements below 1 Voltage lose of wire shall meet the requirement of terminal voltage for normal operation and startup 2 The wiring current carrying capacity determined by installed method and environment is not less than the largest current of unit 3 Conductor shall ensure the stability of movement and heating 4 The conductor s smallest sectional area should satisfy the requirement of mechanical strength When earth protection line shortly called PE line is made of material the same as phase line the smallest sectional area of PE line should be in accordance with the regulation below Sectional area of core to phase line s mm Smallest sectional area of PE line mm i6 lt S lt 36 1 5 3 Distribution highlights of distribution wiring 1 When distributing wiring select wirings with different colors for phase line zero line and protection earth according to relevant regulations 2 The power wire and control wire of concealed engineering is prohibited to bind together with refrigerant piping It is necessary to pass through wire tube and be distributed separately and the gap between control line and power wire should be 500mm at least 3 When distributing wiring by passing through pipe the following should be paid attention to 1 Metal wire tube could be used in indoor and outdoor but it is not suitable to the place with acid alkali
40. 3 19 3 77 17 88 445 19 98 5 93 11 31 13 52 3 41 3 90 17 83 4 57 19 98 6 20 11 31 13 52 3 50 4 16 17 83 476 19 98 6 72 11 31 13 52 374 4 31 17 83 4 87 19 98 7 03 N 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 60 21 23 25 27 29 3 Co CA o1 jo 7 C co la 1 1 C2 A 1 3 5 8 ABRIR WE no 10 18 20 5096 21 23 25 7 9 1 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 IN N MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 12HP heating mode Indoor temperature C DB TNT Outdoor air Combination e Capacity index To HM Tc ei vo oe te Pl T6 P TC Pl O 4 O 4 4 O 4 O 4 O e O SS d SS d d Ge d d d od sch e gt eck d os 2005 775 2898 0x3 2601 eso 2001 s69 2881 887 2860 925 os o 2076 792 2964 028 2952 aoa 2952 869 2940 900 2940 936 Le or oras ose sre ver erum eae T oras ose sh 1018 a714 1048 TM co aN oO NI 00 e GA oO mn O O O O D no aN O O O malls e CO C1 aN oO O1 C1 O de O SN a on O O NI CO aN no C1 CH LO CO CO er CO 00 L NO CH no IN are N N AB o C1 TM GA l N CO CO CO N N cO no CO CO CO N O cO no CO CO CO 00 no CH no CO 00 00 O no s 2600 ses 2881 85o 2881 s94 2869 0 12 2609 028 2857 las l
41. 3 9 Recharge refrigerant procedure Calculate the added volume according to liquid pipe length Recharge refrigerant Note Please calculate the additional amount of refrigerant according to the formula that we supply to you and the calculation result must be correct 1 3 10 Main points of test running and Commissioning Please check the following issues before turning on the power 1 3 10 1 Vacuum dry Make sure the vacuum degree accord with our requirement about 10 12 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 3 10 2 Wiring Includes the power wiring and communication wiring Recheck the connection according to our corresponding wire diagrams Especially please remember our communication wire is polar it means you must connect the communication wire correspondingly to the terminal block 1 3 10 3 Additional charge of refrigerant Recheck the calculation formula and recalculate the total recharge volume according to our supplied formula 1 3 10 4 Open the stop valve of gas and liquid pipe with Allen key Check leakage of stop valve with soap water Please confirm whether the outdoor unit has been connected to the power for 12hr before start test running Test running Turn on all of the indoor units with cooling mode and set the temperature in 17degree with high fan speed first after the system operated test following operation parameters of the system including indoor units and outdoor units parameters 1 4 Installation Prepara
42. 4 Setthe parameter of period 1 including shutdown time startup time running mode Fan speed and temperature First of all setthe startup and shutdown time Press lt to select the startup time and shutdown time Press Add jReduce to modify the startup and shutdown time Press Canceljto cancelthe set of period 1 and returntothe last step n Press tentm to save the parameter ofthe period 1 to the next step 5 Press Mode to selectrunning mode automatic cool heat Fan only Dry or Off Ifyou select the cool automatic or heat mode press Add Reduce to adjustthe tem perature the scope is within 1 7 30 degree Press Fan to regulate Fan speed which can be selected among automatic speed lowSpeed middle speed and high speed Press cancer to cancelthe set of period 1 and return to the last step A Press contrm to save the parameterofthe period 1 tothe next step 6 Finish the weekly timer parameter setting of the air conditioner within period 1 of the day ofthe week i Continually set periods 2 3 4 accordingtothe above operation B Afterfinishing the setting of the periods continually select the day of the week neededto be set to set the weekly timer parameterfromMonday to Sunday seven daysin total Finish setting 7 How to turn off the weekly timer setting of a period of an air conditioner 66 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric
43. 5 9 1 35 49 13 59 33 49 12 64 31 50 11 71 30 36 11 26 29 36 10 83 21 37 9 95 s ss ss 1210 3849 nae srso 1055 3035 10 14 2906 198 2787 000 o o7 ss 104 s849 077 0150 908 036 amp 75 2936 esa arar 779 7 6 35 49 8 52 33 49 7 98 31 50 7 44 30 36 7 18 29 36 6 93 27 37 6 42 s 7s sse sos 0049 754 0150 705 3036 600 2056 657 arar 009 Cun ss sse rei 0049 714 9150 608 3036 645 2996 623 2737 S78 35 187 ss4 6s2 s849 641 0150 600 3036 581 2006 561 2737 528 l CO CO CH BA CO Oo co CH no co NI misa O CO CO s l CH CH a CO O N O mde AA C1 00 CH no C1 N cO C1 C1 O N Oo C1 l C1 N no L co 00 I N O n2 Wu oO al NO CH CH AN Co co no mb mb i N n2 NO al O e Co 00 n2 mb O al i O O O N O co Co co O i co Wu 00 00 al Note 1 is shown as reference 2 In cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 48 degree C when selecting the models In heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 4 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate It is recommended to connect less than 130 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 16HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C DB WD Combination 9 Outdoor DB 20 8 WB 14
44. 55 28 00 7 59 35 18 90 4 94 25 00 5 90 28 00 8 09 37 18 90 5 26 25 00 6 28 28 00 8 61 39 18 90 5 57 25 00 6 67 28 00 9 17 2 co Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 15 79 3 85 18 90 4 74 21 90 5 74 23 45 6 31 25 00 6 88 28 00 8 19 31 11 9 58 15 79 18 90 5 06 5 97 25 00 7 08 15 79 18 90 5 17 6 10 25 00 7 43 15 79 18 90 9 68 11 41 25 00 13 47 al 13 52 16 15 1 96 2 28 2142 2 62 13 52 16 15 1 99 2 32 2142 2 65 13 52 16 15 2 01 2 35 2142 2 69 13 52 1 75 16 15 2 06 18 78 2 39 20 10 254 2142 2 73 2405 3 09 26 68 3 49 13 52 16 15 2 10 2 44 2142 2 77 24 05 3 54 13 52 16 15 2 14 2 49 2142 2 83 24 05 3 62 13 52 16 15 2 17 2 53 2142 2 88 24 05 3 68 13 52 16 15 2 22 2 57 2142 2 94 24 05 3 73 13 52 16 15 2 26 2 62 2142 2 99 24 05 3 79 13 52 16 15 2 29 2 66 2142 3 05 24 05 3 87 13 52 16 15 2 33 2 71 2142 3 10 24 05 3 94 13 52 16 15 2 37 2 76 2142 3 16 24 05 4 01 13 52 16 15 2 41 2 81 2142 3 22 24 05 4 10 13 52 16 15 2 43 2 83 2142 3 24 24 05 4 13 13 52 16 15 2 48 2 88 2142 3 30 24 05 4 40 13 52 16 15 2 51 2 99 2142 3 54 24 05 4 69 13 52 16 15 2 67 3 18 21 42 3 74 24 05 5 01 13 52 16 15 2 83 3 39 21 42 3 99 24 05 5 35 13 52 16 15 3 00 3 60 21 42 424 24 05 5 69 13 52 16 15 3 18 3 82 21 42 4 51 24 05 6 07 13 52 16 15 3 38 4 05 21 42 479 24 05
45. 6 as 6s 1951 699 1951 708 Tes m 2054 608 2054 685 2045 703 2045 712 2045 721 os 10 2105 ez 2096 693 2096 710 2088 719 2088 728 es o1 2148 68 2148 700 2139 716 2139 724 2109 738 ass oz ELS ss so EE EUN EES KS 21 13 4 91 21 13 4 64 21 13 4 39 21 13 4 15 21 13 3 92 21 13 3 72 6 0 07 2661 744 2584 21 13 569 EM 708 6 5 5 37 6 57 53 6 71 76 6 93 7 00 94 7 10 7 24 23 7 37 44 7 25 38 666 6 21 as aros sse 2584 19 2000 494 234 4 EH 6 67 6 79 75 6 92 88 7 05 02 7 18 09 7 24 16 7 31 7 40 39 7 35 43 6 92 645 589 554 5 23 494 466 440 447 2267 _ 689 1728 685 1728 695 17 23 706 EZA 729 EZE 748 728 696 654 617 AR O no wech 00 O 00 00 O 00 6 7 7 7 Fi 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 4 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 5 95 08 21 28 33 43 24 82 20 65 34 03 75 49 24 04 15 26 38 40 18 68 28 92 12 35 48 45 89 54 23 94 66 40 17 89 95 06 17 29 41 48 28 54 17 3 9 3 5 3 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 opecification and performance 5 5 6 21 29 6 70 20 10 6 25 18 90 5 80 18 22 5 57 17 62 6 59 16 42 4 94 o o7 2120 s74 2010 sar 1890 499 1022 401 1762 268 1642 7 s az ase 2010 490 Miesai 1022 sss
46. 8 11 81 71 f 91 51 31 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance Tas m 944 132 0420 1189 0420 1224 9620 1243 3414 1250 34 4 1295 8 5 9 1 36 00 11 81 35 86 12 16 35 86 12 50 35 86 12 67 35 72 12 85 35 72 13 18 o or e mo a sr onze 1959 asr 1997 424 rose sem 170 7 s sez 1296 4706 1206 sssr 1077 4214 1035 0920 952 s 7s sw 1218 ese as 4500 1054 4957 1001 4214 975 329 098 Les sre mar aros vom aec 004 esr ose nw 020 9928 040 20 s eaz 1215 0420 1247 5408 1270 9608 1295 0408 1012 0994 1348 o or es ss 4907 1920 aso 222 vom nra sre 128 9522 1038 N co aN al Oo E e NI A aN oo o N pb CH CH I CH C1 CH c oo kx oo co o N co co 00 CO N N oO 00 O C1 CO C1 N N N CO 00 35 107 4504 9 00 4007 e41 4050 706 soor 759 ar79 781 0522 677 20 Ls n sane 1277 p sen 1800 sem 1935 aaoo 1948 aari 1940 9143 1230 7 s os eo 32 927 Hasoa sese ess 3371 s02 oras 741 s 7s aos7 936 0020 075 seno eis oase 786 so i 750 0148 702 Cn ss osr eee 3829 027 seno 772 0486 744 sori 7 8 aras 666 Tas m 0392 1940 0049 1938 9150 1240 2036 1192 2906 1144 2787 1051 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 8
47. E MD CCMO08 needs a computer and the SC generation monitoring software JAN Gel oong e w Connect Central A C system to LonWorks Er OS K i network The core control module applies flash memory Easily download the program on line CCMO07 applies nonpolar twisted pair lines which CCMO07 makes connecting to LonWorks network easily WEM 2 5 2 1 System configure MD CCMO is a gateway from the 3 network control software to the LonWorks which can gather all the units information and control the indoor units As a result the indoor and outdoor units need firstly connecting to the computer to make a central monitoring system The composition of the whole network is as follows 9 mm m mm REM mmm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm l I J Control system Aa l I l I T I A AR RA 9 NEED Wm Wm pom Fee e ka L A T l ae D I l Outdoor side i Lo d ad MD CCM07 Ex a A y m V e Ko a i m wm wm mm mm mm mm mm uA i A LLUI LA UGb LOAUUY Electric and Control System 99 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System If there are a few MD CCMO7 devices to compose a LonWorks network the LonWorks terminals of the MD CCMO 7 are able to be connected in the hand in hand way 2 5 2 2 Connecting ports and functions Lonworks d POWER net work gema DC24V LS e w 9 CCM07 EM COM COM port This p
48. EEPROM is not matched nennen nnne nnns 14 3 9 HO Communication malfunction between IR341 and MC9S08AC128 15 3 10 H1 Communication malfunction between IC 0537 and MC9S08AC128 16 3 11 H2 H3 Outdoor unit quantities decreasing increasing malfunction 17 3 12 H7 Indoor unit quantities decreasing malfunction ccececcceesseceeeeeeeeeeeees 18 3 13 H8 Pressures sensor MalFUNCUION Eden rre e db 19 3 14 PO The sensor protection on the top of inv COMpresSsSor sseseseesserressssrere 20 3 15 P1 High pressure EENEG eege EE 22 3 16 P2 Low pressure protection occccocccccnccnccnccnnonaconenacononacononarononarononarononarononanos 24 3 17 P3 Inv compressor over current Drotechon eene 26 3 18 P4 Discharge temp sensor Drotechon 28 3 19 P5 PIpetemp sensor protectio nit 29 3 20 PO Module proteccionista 30 3 2 Ps Fixed current ee o A S 36 3 22 P9 Fan module DrOleCU OW cin 38 H Lo oO d LC pus qu an je O lo Ze Qo Troubleshooting 1 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 Normal Air Conditioner Phenomenon 1 1 When outdoor unit appears white vapor or water the reasons is as follows 1 The fan of outdoor unit stops to begin defrostingO 2 The electromagnet valve sends out the noise when the defrosting begins and ends 3 There is sound like water flowing when running or off and the noise enlarges after running for 3 minutes This is th
49. Enter INDOOR UNIT CAPACITY TABLES at given indoor and outdoor temperature Select the unit that the capacity is the nearest to and greater than given load Note Individual indoor unit capacity is subject to change by the combination Actual capacity has to be calculated according to the combination by using outdoor unit capacity table 1 2 1 Calculation of Actual Capacity of Indoor Unit Because the capacity of a multi air conditioner changes according to the temperature conditions tubing length elevation difference and other factors select the correct model after taking into account the various correction values When selecting The model calculate the corrected capacities of the outdoor unit and each indoor unit Use the corrected outdoor unit capacity and the total corrected capacity of all the indoor units to calculate the actual final capacity of each indoor unit Find the indoor unit capacity correction coefficient for the following items e Capacity correction for the indoor unit temperature conditions From the graph of capacity characteristics use the indoor temperature to find the capacity correction coefficient e Capacity distribution ratio based on the indoor unit tubing length and elevation difference First in the same way as for the outdoor unit use the tubing length and elevation difference for each indoor unit to find the correction coefficient from the graph of capacity change characteristics Capacity distribution ratio
50. FQZHN 03C cV dI 6 el OI FQZHN 04C L 6V QI 6 FEO FQZHN 05C Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 1 4 2 Outdoor branch drawing pilosi FQZHW 02N1C FQZHW 03N1C FOZHW 04N1C 0D 31 8 ID 31 8 1D 25 4 Q2 0D 31 8 ID 31 8 ID 25 4 Gas side 1D 31 8 ID 41 3 1D 31 8 0D 31 8 0D 15 9 1D 15 9 00 15 9 1D 15 9 1D 12 7 Y2 ID 19 1 ID 12 7 ID 12 7 Liquid side 00 19 1 ID 15 9 Y3 ID 22 2 Oil balance pipe 1 3 Installation Procedure Installation 9 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 3 1 Importance of the Installation Operation Effect of installation issues on equipment Leakage of refrigerant pipe Insufficient refrigerant Over heated running Compressor fault Filth blockage of refrigerant pipe Moisture of refrigerant pipe Poor heat dissipation of outdoor unit Degraded heat exchange effect of indoor unit No maintenance space leading to difficult in upkeep No insulation test for power supply line Cross connection between power cable and signal 1 3 2 General procedure Product of the chemical reaction between ice or water of throttling parts and the refrigerant damages the insulation Degraded efficiency or Improper installation abnormal protection Damaged electric parts Pipe pre install engineering eee e eoe e eee Ensure that the water drainage pipe inclines downward Installing indoor
51. HEAT DRY and FAN 2 Timer Setting Function in 24 hours 3 Indoor Setting Temperature Range 17 C 30 4 LCD Liquid Crystal Display of all functions RO6 A BG C E Emitting Signal 2 2 4 1 Buttons and functions descriptions po ON RIDET AE CLOCE SET TEMP NOTE x symbol n4 pcm diii indicates optional i button Q MODE dy FAN MODE Y FAN 2 C 9 EH e SWING A TIMER SWING TIMER 3 C 10 A e DIRECTION CANCEL SS STE O T 0 Y TURBO wear Locx CLOCK CN Be ES e 6 e o kel 5 O 12 Cy Ce A D a a LED 13 SLEEP LED 8 14 15 ON OFF Button Push this button to start operation push the button again to stop operation MODE Button Each time you push the button a mode is selected in a sequence that goes from AUTO COOL DRY HEAT and FAN NOTE COOL only model has no HEAT feature SWING Button Push the button the louver would swing up and down automatically Push again to stop DIRECTION Button Press this button to change the swing angle of the louver The swing angle of the louver is 6 for each press When the louver swing at a certain angle which would affect the cooling and heating effect of the air conditioner it would automatically change the swing direction No symbol will appear in the display area when press this button TEMP TIME Button Push the button to increase the indoor temperature setting or to adjust the TIMER in a clockwise directi
52. In the cold ambient use warm water and hot wind to warm up refrigerant storage cylinder and don t allow heating up directly by flame 3 4 1 3 Recharging of R410A refrigerant If R410A refrigerant is adopted the tool shall be different Confirm the following items before Recharged 1 The different vacuum pump with one way valve 2 The different pressure gauge the nut of connector and pressure scale are different 3 The different recharging soft pipe and connector 4 The charging method is different Recharge into the outdoor unit with liquid phase 5 The different leak detector 3 4 2 Calculating the recharged refrigerant volume Calculate the recharged refrigerant volume by the length and dia of liquid pipe of indoor units R410A Equivalent Refrigerant for Equivalent Refrigerant for Diameter of Liquid Pipe Diameter of Liquid Pipe Pipe Length of 1m kg m Pipe Length of 1m kg m 12 7 0 120 25 4 0 520 15 9 0 170 028 6 0 680 Calculating formula R410A The recharged volume R Kg L1x0 023 kg m L2x0 060 kg m L3x0 120 kg m L4x0 180 kg m L5x0 270 kg m L6x0 380 kg m L7x0 520kg m L8x0 680kg m L1 Actual total length of dp A liquid pipe m L2 Actual total length of 9 5 liquid pipe m L3 Actual total length of 12 7 liquid pipe m L4 Actual total length of 15 9 liquid pipe m L5 Actual total length of 19 1 liquid pipe m L6 Actual total length of 022 2 liquid pipe m L7 Actual
53. Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 Mounting pressure adjusting valve on nitrogen gas cylinder The applied gas must be nitrogen If adopting polytetrafluoro ethylene or carbon dioxide there is a risk of condensation If using oxygen there is a risk of explosion 2 Making use of inflation tube to connect outlet of pressure adjusting valve and inlet at liquid pipe side of outdoor unit liquid pipe gaz plpe nitrogen gas cylinde A unit 3 Use blind plug to block all connectors of liquid side copper line including unit B soundly excluding indoor unit A 4 Turn on nitrogen gas cylinder valve and then pressurize to 5kgf cm2 gradually through adjusting valve 5 Check whether nitrogen has passed through the liquid pipe at the side of indoor unit A Connector at the side of indoor unit body has been covered by tape to prevent the entering of dirt 3 1 5 3 Detailed steps for flushing 1 Hold proper blockage material such as block bag and white cotton to push against the main pipe opening at the gas side of indoor unit 2 When pressure increases and hands could not push against the opening suddenly release pipe opening flushing for first time Repeat above step1 and step 2 to re flush dirt flushing for multi times air pressure 0 oMPa wood block calico side 3 During flushing place a piece of white cotton at the pipe opening for checking and you shall find some humidity occasionally
54. Jn yaa S ESE Be eee E Y CCMO03 LA a Modbus Gateway gt CCMO2 Electric and Control System 101 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 6 Other Accessory Assy Model Description DTS634 D Send the electric energy data to outdoor unit for realizing 1636 network fee charge function Digital ammeter Hotel r card inserter ee Match hotel card system to control the air conditioning E assy MD NIMO9 Detects changes in infrared radiation which occur when there Infrared sensor JE is movement by a person or object 2 6 1 Digital ammeter DTS634 DT636 The digital ammeter DTS634 DT636 is a device to calculate the power consumption of the outdoor unit and transmit the information when it is required Steadily functioning and needs no adjusting Be with great precision Works in wide working temperature from 35 C to 55 C Y YV V WV Be able to be built inside the outdoor units in our factory 2 6 1 1 Digital ammeter wiring The ammeter has two kinds of ports One is the power port used to calculate the current flow through it The other is the signal port O A E used to send the signals to the other device Both of these two kinds of port should be connected and fastened before use s 2 Electric and Control MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Digital ammeter power line connecting 1 Three phase four wire system with current transformer NOPNAOMMOMEI
55. Network address setting switch Effective to 0 F 0 F stand for 0 15 Setting the numbers of indoor units to be 0 15 Setting the numbers of indoor units to be 16 31 Setting the numbers of indoor units to be 32 47 Setting the numbers of indoor units to be 48 63 SW5 definition 12HP Outdoor unit setting 8 10 14 16 18HP outdoor unit setting 4 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Explanation of main board Power output of the NO 1 transformer Discharge temp sensed port of the Bilshsifanconlral poro AC an E fix 1 8 10HP Inv compressor Power supply port in the mid adapted panel Low fan control port of AC fan Reserve Power output of the NO 2 transformer Wiring port for communication between indoor and 10 outdoor units indoor unit network outdoor unit network 29 Port for inverter module voltage inspection and network accounting Phase inspection port Null line port 4 Power input of the NO 1 transformer 32 7 Mutual inductor for DC main lead current Activation port of inverter module Power supply connected port of the main control panel 1 Power input of the NO 1 transformer 3 EXV 1 driving port inspection E u Current inspection port of the inverter fixed 19 EXV 2 driving port 36 compressors z ON OFF single input for system low pressure inspection ON OFF single input for system high pressure Power supply port of 12V DC 3 Reserve EN Loading output ter
56. SW2 CHECK Used to query outdoor unit data Check point sequence and corresponding actuality is as follows Display Display E Address of outdoor unit 0 1 2 3 Tp saturation temp GE 16 Current of inverter GC Capacity of outdoor unit 8 10 12 14 16 18 17 Actual value Setting on main Current of fixed Setting of indoor units SC SEHR Opening angle of EXV 1 jou SSES Total cap of outdoor unit Ku d Opening angle of EXV 2 dd vane eis Total requirement of indoor unit eMe torman High pressure ee eS Total requirement of main unit Available for main En Mee display CESC e epe mem units This outdoor units actual Capacity 5 ul s Speed of fan 1 Actual value GES Noise control mode 0 1 2 3 NN mme mme Actual value value NES Reewe 0000 Without 13 T4 ambient temp Actual value GE EA error protection display8 8 8 ET 14 piscnaige Tempe Ot SVENE Actual value value Check end Compressor Discharge Temp of fixed Note When operation of system lasts 1 hour and stays stability press checkup button on PCB of outdoor master unit query one by one and fill out the above table according to facts Description of display Operation mode 0 Turn off 2 Cooling 3 Heating 4 Constraint cooling Fan speed 0 OFF 1 15 Speed increasing sequentially 15 is the max fan level PMV opening angle pulse count display value x 8 Noise control mode 0 Night silent mode 1 Silent mode 2 super silen
57. Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 es 3825 1817 3630 1859 3810 1299 3810 1420 oros 1440 9754 1480 8 5 9 1 40 00 13 50 39 84 13 90 39 84 14 29 39 84 14 48 39 69 14 68 39 69 15 07 o o7 43r 1490 4087 1521 7 s 5635148 so1 1079 50 00 1279 442 1201 4600 11 88 4065 1088 ss sess wm sue 1222 som nae aer ves as 1os1 4305 970 N do CH os 3803 15 09 s803 1425 srer 1462 8787 1480 8787 1500 97 71 1536 o oer ees vae ess 1608 aso 1987 ase 1942 asm 1200 sor pnm N co al e NI N ho 00 aN TM 00 C1 mls SN A aN C1 CH CH mb o O al aN CO iN no O no O I CO ide LO CO 00 CO cO A LO no 2 es oroa 140 9796 1499 87 78 1620 0778 1641 9740 1538 9482 14 10 e N CO I C1 CH 00 5 CH N O aN no y EN e o O aN CH CH CH c CO no CO 00 N CO 00 LO cO CO N SN O iii O N CO EN cO no 00 O no EN cO 00 L no O CO CO O IA no no CO pb NO CH A C1 C1 CO NO CH m co CH CO no CH pb C1 e O CO nml ho CH pb a ho C1 CO CH iN dli C1 O 00 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 8 5 9 1 39 43 15 53 37 22 14 45 35 00 13 39 33 73 12 87 32 62 12 37 30 41 11 38 o o7 seas v 04 9722 11 10 fasono 3373
58. Timer Cancel Swing Preparation before Installation Make sure the following pasts has been prepared Electric and Control System 35 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Wire controller Cruciform slot screw M4x25 a o The accessory is need when install the 3 Plastic bolt qc wire controller to the electric cabinet Installation and owner s manual LN Wl Connective wires to the signal receive TM Shielded 5 core cable panel Prepare for the following at installation site REMARK Universal electric cabinet s specification Electric cabinet Pre embed it into wall 2 Shielded 5 core cable LN Pre embed RVVP 0 5mm x5 Wire configured tube insulate sheath Pre embeded in to the wall and the length should be less than 15m A Cruciform screwdriver Bc To install cruciform slot screw A Slotted head screw EN To split the bottom from the wire controller 36 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Summary Comparison of wired controllers appearance Model KJR 10B KJR 10B KJR 10B KJR 12B KJR 12B Dun KJR KJR 90A KJR 90A DP T E DPC T DP T E DP T E DPBG T 12B DP E Korean On off Cooling Dehumidify On off Timer Temp Setting Horizon Swing Vertical Swing Economical Powerful cooling 3 O o O eene Ge e amp Heating Selection AAA Heating ON Electric and Control System 37
59. a E a 4 a Ae el ON s GES ah A Le ua gei 1 4 H zi ci Cea rr A NEE 0 D D we S cE 230 e 0 0 gu o2 Oo UO LE 7 0c O Sch E E O 22 Ss 5 oO o2 Qo at ee La 1 P LI TE RRC SP EL Zeg dH m eo LELELLI T P 3 j d aj H S DT Eu IL Fu A Outdoor units network address setting switch FE bil a Match with K series inverter _ compressor only e SL D z 10 09 OAO Gu Y E Y Li H LEE ET E um an me A Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Dial codes definition ENGT ENC3 S12 S3 S7 S8 ENC2 S1 S2 S2 123 Night time selection Night time selection is 6h 12h is 8h 12h S3 definition 3 S3 e 12 12 Night silent mode Silent mode default S5 definition A M 123 Heating priority Cooling priority Priority voting Respond the Respond the mode default mode heating mode cooling mode only only S6 definition Automatic Manual setting Clear all the search address address indoor unit Default the address Factory Set Outdoor unit address setting switch effective to 0 3 0 Stand for main unit 1 3 Stand for slave unit Electric and Control System 3 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System ENC2 Outdoor units capacity setting switch Effective to 0 5 OStand for 8HP 1 10HP 2 12HP 3 14HP 4 16HP 5 18HP
60. and all functional modules will be disabled only the command of startup is sent to the air conditioner without affecting operation of the remote controller after startup until the foregoing switch is opened If the foregoing two switches are shorted in the same time the emergent shutdown switch shall have preference Liquid Crystal Display Electric and Control System 43 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Bo OO Si vl O aa nooo e eg IOI CIC OW ICICI e y 99 E am El i LL Ol 85 80 20 89 SO Mi 0 O 16 00 SIE P e U Ae mao At TED we kal ae 201 Jo ejdsip jn TET E 201 L1 ARELL ETC L i n AB J Note Each grid composes two blocks whose sizes are different and indicates different status Indications are 44 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System as follows Big block Selected Powerison __ Unit malfunction Powerisoff Buttons and Functions 1 In the setting page press the Lock key to lock or unlock the remote controller 2 In the unified setting page press the Up key and the 1 In the setting page set the temperature press the Lock key to lock or unlock the mode increase or decrease the time of timing on off 3 After pressing the Query key press the Lock key to 2 In the query page scroll page of the lock or unlock the keypad of the centralized contr
61. and install snow shed at the air inlet and air outlet Snow shed for air inlet Snow shed for air outlet Snow shed for air inlet 2 2 7 Mount the air deflector When installing takes off the mesh firstly and then conduct in according of the following two schedules 2 2 7 1 Installation of 8HP 10HP 20 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Schedule 1 12 ST3 9 22 self threading screws Remove the iron filter firstly eg HA As EA e e Rm Y Air outlet louver dimension optional 12 ST3 9 self threading screws Unit mm 2 2 7 2 Installation of 12HP 14HP 16HP Installation 21 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 12 ST3 9 self threading screws 100 Remove the Air outlet louver dimension optional ICC Unit mm 725 lt D lt 760 E A 725 lt 15 Unit mm Schedule 2 12 ST3 9 self threading screws Remove the two iron filters firstly 12 3 2 Unit mm gt lt B gt 250 C lt 3000 D A 1210 Note Before install the air deflector please ensuring the mesh enclosure has been took off otherwise the air supply efficiency would be block down 22 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Once mounting the shutter to the unit air volume cooling heating capacity and efficiency would be block down this affection enhance along with the angle of the shutter Thus we are not recommend you to mount the shutter if necessary in use please adjus
62. aum appearance is different RMO5 BG T E A General remote functions with address setting function 20 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 2 1 Wireless remote controller R51 C BGE R51D E R51 E R5114 BGE Apply to One way four way cassette Concealed duct Wall mounted type 2 2 1 1 Buttons and functions descriptions SET TENPERATURE CH SET TEMPERATURE C AUTO FAN CCOO HIGH DRY MED HEAT LOW Y TEMP A MODE ON OFF spero er SWING cn TIMER ECONOMIC RUNNING TIMER VENT E rr 1 TEMP Push the TEMP button to decrease the indoor temperature setting or to adjust the TIMER in a counter clockwise direction 2 MODE Each time you push the button a mode is selected as the following figure indicates Z AUTO COOL COOL DRY HEAT FAN Note HEAT is only for heat pump AC 3 SWING Push this switch button to change the louver angle 4 RESET Pushed all current settings are cancelled and the control will return to the initial settings 5 ECONOMIC RUNNING Push this button to go into the Energy Saving operation mode 6 LOCK Push this button to lock in all the current settings To change the settings push the button once more 7 CANCEL Push this button to cancel the TIMER settings TIMER Preset the time ON start to operate and the time OFF turn off the operation 9 ON OFF Push this button to start the unit o
63. be in compliance with design and regulations of present National Products Standard 3 The body frame fixing material and sealed cushion of fire proof air duct should be made of non combustible materials Its fire resistance rating should be in accordance with the design requirement 4 The sheathing of composite duct should be made of non combustible materials Inner insulation material should be no burning or burning retardant with rating B1 and no harm to people s body 5 he permitting deviation to outer diameter or long edge of duct when no more than 300mm it is 2mm when more than 300mm it is 3mm The permitting deviation of pipe end flatness is 2mm Discrepancy between two diagonal lines of rectangle duct shall not be more than 3mm Discrepancy between two diameters of any cross cut circular flange shall not be more than 2mm 5 2 Connection of Duct 1 Connection of metal duct 1 The seam of duct board splice should be stagger and cross seam is not allowed 2 Specification of metal duct flange shall not be less than the data as shown in table below opecification to flange and bolt of circular metal duct mm cin ardet Specification of flange D specification of bolt Flat steel Angle steel ee NN opecification to flange and bolt of rectangle metal duct mm 44 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Dimension of long edge of duct b specification of flange angle steel specification of bolt BE Se mE
64. cause electric shock or fire A random disassembly may cause abnormal operation or heating which may result in fire Don t install it in a place where combustible gas easily leaks Once combustible gas leaks and remains around Controller fire may be caused Wire must be suitable for the current of Controller Otherwise electricity leakage or heating may be caused which may result in fire Wire must be suitable for controller never bring outside force to bear on the terminal Otherwise wire break or heating may be caused which may result in fire Installation location Do not install it in a place with oil steam or sulphur gas or else deform or malfunction may occur Wire controller installation notice 1 This installation manual contains information about the procedure of installing Wire Controller Please refer to Indoor Unit Installation Manual for connecting between Wire Controller and Indoor Unit 2 Circuit of Wire Controller is low voltage circuit Never connect it with a standard 220V 380V circuit or put it into a same Wiring Tube with the circuit Electric and Control System 29 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 3 The shield cable must be connected stable to the ground or transmission may fail 4 Do not attempt to extend the shield cable by cutting if it is necessary use Terminal Connection Block to connect 5 After finishing connection do not use Megger to have the insulation check to the signal wire
65. combination combination Max Capacity indoor pr A LL 1 Le eem 1 9 12 MDV 335 12 W DRN1 C 20 EE e fien LO essen 8 W DRN1 C MDV 560 20 C cc MDV 615 22 oi JHE Og A m Ee OO Lo MDV 680 24 UA MDV 730 26 W DRN1 C MDV 785 28 W DRN1 C MDV 850 30 W DRN1 C MDV 900 32 W DRN1 C mE MDV 960 34 W DRN1 C UA MDV 1010 36 W DRN1 C MDV 1065 38 W DRN1 C MDV 1130 40 W DRN1 C MDV 1460 52 W DRN1 C MDV 1515 54 W DRN1 C O 2 L lt lt GIGIO CO Ql AeA No No MDV 1580 56 W DRN1 C MDV 1630 58 W DRN1 C MDV 1685 60 W DRN1 C MDV 1750 62 W DRN1 C MDV 1800 64 W DRN1 C MDV 1931 66 W DRN1 C MDV 1996 68 W DRN1 C MDV 2046 70 W DRN1 C MDV 2128 72 W DRN1 C 18HP model will be available at the end for 2012 The above recommended combination pattern will be changed at that time 1 General Information O MCAC VTSM 2012 09 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz 5 Capacity Range of Indoor Units Power mese Tar of all the indoor units is 1 phase 220 240V C TCREIEIESEREGESERERES ESESESESES 273 307 682 BTU H wee O One way Cassette Two way Cassette Compact Four way Cassette Four way ess UU UK OI OCT CC Low Static Pressure Duct Ductable Unit A5 Type High Static Pressure Duct Ceiling amp vf v viv v N d d Floor Wall mounted
66. copper pipe The ingredients of such lube are different from those of the lube used by the R410A refrigerant and they will produce deposit through reaction which may cause complicated system fault Special Note Never use CCI4 for pipe cleansing and flushing or the system will be seriously damaged 3 1 1 3 Support for refrigerant pipe 1 Fixing horizontal pipe When the air conditioner is running the refrigerant pipe will deform for example shrunk expanded or inclined downward To avoid pipe damage use hanger or support to support it see the table below for the criteria Pipe Diameter mm Less than 20 620 40 Larger than 40 In general gas pipe and liquid pipe should be suspended in parallel and the interval between support points should be selected according to the diameter of the air pipe Since the temperature of the flowing refrigerant will change as the operation and working condition change which will result in hot expansion and cold shrinkage of the refrigerant pipe so the pipe with thermal insulation should not be clamped 24 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation tightly otherwise the copper pipe may get broken due to stress concentration 2 Fixing vertical pipe Fix the pipe along the wall according to the pipeline route Round log should be used at the pipe clip to replace thermal insulation material U shape pipe should be fixed outside the round log and the round log should be provided with anticorrosion tr
67. corresponding indoor unit If the indoor units original mode is on press this would turn it off And vice versa The interval between controlling 2 different unit should be more than 0 6 second If less the operation is invalid and of no use Note 1 If the red light flashes quickly it means the corresponding indoor unit malfunctions 2 If no one press the keys of the controller the controller would turn itself into power saving mode in which all the lights fade out Press any key to stop this mode 3 Unified mode setting key Press this key to set all the units mode Only two mode can be set by this key They are the cooling mode and the heating mode The details of the two mode are as follows Temperature Fan Speed Key light Heating mode 28C Hispeed Pei Note The interval between these two mode alternating should be more than 6 seconds If less the alternating would be invalid and of no use When the indoor unit s working mode is changed by other device such as remote controller this centralized controller could detect and change the corresponding units tag to show the actual running mode 4 Unified On Off key This key has 2 ways to send commands Press for 3 seconds or more To turn on or turn off all the indoor units that are connected to this controller Press for less than 3 seconds to turn on or turn off the single unit that we ever controlled most latterly Note If this key s light flash quickly it means
68. de CN Shh naaa DB OR RC IN CC eS NES quum S QC BEE EO Oa yes AAAAAA SC EE La EES H SS y SS EN SS S ACEN LS i d USE 7 NA SS Y SY Ss N es SEC A SC S CSS C v v SS SA Y iNOS S S mS SSSSNNNN SS YY INS CC A A EE 7 n a ll CAN ER KIK BOE BAB Se Rx ASSAS CC r1 COCA CR A S S S SC SUN CC CA N CCS S RC WS e un D S NS SS S RES SSS ALU eS SS SQ SS SQ aaa 3 2 Air Tight Test 3 2 1 Purpose and operation procedure of air tightness test 3 2 1 1 Purpose Search leak source make sure there is no leakage in system to prevent system fault due to leakage of refrigerant 3 2 1 2 Operation tips Subsection detection overall pressure keeping grading pressurization 3 2 1 3 Operation procedure 1 After piping of indoor unit has been connected weld port of high pressure side piping 2 Weld low pressure side piping with connector for pressure gauge together 3 Charge nitrogen slowly into pressure gauge connector to conduct air tightness test 34 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Oil balancer Gas side stop valve Gauge point Use for detect
69. flash with 0 5s Setting or modification is effective only by pressing OK button to make confirmation 9 Air direction C Activate swing function of air deflector Once pressed air deflector will turn 6 degrees 10 TIME ox C 9 turn on the timer operation Once pressing this button the time will increase by 0 5 hour When the set time exceeds 10 hours pressing the button will increase the time by 1 hour Adjusting the figure to 0 00 will cancel time ON setting 11 TIME orrC Q turn off the timer operation Once pressing this button the time will increase by 0 5 hour When the set time exceeds 10 hours pressing the button will increase the time by 1 hour Adjust the figure to 0 00 will cancel time ON setting RESET 12 RESET O inner located Pushed all current settings are cancelled and the control will return to the initial settings Press it with a needle of 1mm LOCK 13 LOCK O Push this button to lock in all the current settings To change the settings push the button once more 14 OK Used to confirm the time settings and modification 15 C H Used this button to change the machine to Cooling mode or Cooling Heating mode 16 ECO Activate or turn off economic operation mode Push this button to go into the Energy Saving operation mode Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit Note RMOS BG T E A is able to set the indoor units addresses individually The details please refer to th
70. for each indoor unit Correction coefficient for that indoor unit Correction coefficient for the outdoor unit 1 3 Outdoor Unit Selection Allowable combinations are indicated in INDOOR UNIT COMBINATION TOTAL CAPACITY INDEX TABLE In general outdoor unit can be selected as follows though the location of the unit zoning and usage of the rooms may be considered The indoor and outdoor unit combination is determined that the sum of indoor unit capacity index is 2 Selection Procedure MCAC VTSM 2011 09 Selection Procedure nearest to and smaller than the capacity index at 100 combination ratio of each outdoor unit Up to 8 16 indoor units can be connected to one outdoor unit It is recommended to choose a larger outdoor unit if the installation space is large enough If the combination ratio is greater than 10096 the indoor unit selection shall be reviewed by using actual capacity of each indoor unit INDOOR UNIT COMBINATION TOTAL CAPACITY INDEX TABLE Indoor Unit Combination Ratio kW sep no 1080 990 900 eo 720 630 540 450 84HP 1248 1152 1056 960 864 768 672 576 480 86HP 1313 1212 1111 1010 909 808 707 606 50 5 s i70 1818 1667 1515 1364 1212 1061 909 758 eme 2340 2160 1980 1800 1620 1440 1260 1080 900 66HP 2510 2317 2124 1931 1738 1545 135 1 1159 966 INDOOR UNIT CAPACITY INDEX 18 22 28 36 45 96
71. indication lights 1 Alarm light When the alarm lights are on malfunctions occur on the indoor units Please check the indoor unit and find the error code on the indoor unit s display panel After solving the problem the ALARM light will fade out 2 COOL light Push the mode switch leftwards to turn all the indoor units to cooling only mode and the COOL light will be on This light indicates that all the indoor units are running at cooling mode Users can only set the cooling parameter such as temperature and fan speed by other controller If the user changes the units to the heating only mode the indoor unit displays mode conflict error code And then the corresponding unit turns off to prevent user s environment from being more unsatisfying 3 UNLOCK light Push the mode switch to the middle of the controller and the UNLOCK light will be on In this mode all the indoor units are freely to work at heating mode or cooling mode 4 HEAT light Push the mode switch leftwards to turn all the indoor units to heating only mode and the HEAT light will be on This light indicates that all the indoor units are running at cooling mode Users can only set the heating parameter such as temperature and fan speed by other controller If the user changes the units to the cooling only mode the indoor unit displays mode conflict error code And then the corresponding unit turns off to prevent user s environment from being more unsatisfying 5 Mode switch
72. mode every time when you press the key the operation status data of the previous air conditioner will be displayed If it is currently on the first machine press the key again and the data of the last machine will be displayed If you hold down this key the address will decrease one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in single operation mode the air conditioner of the previous in service address number will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the key to enter the query mode By default it is the first air conditioner in service 9 Rightward key In the query mode every time when you press the key the operation status data of the last air conditioner will be displayed If it is currently on the last machine press the key and the data of the first machine will be displayed If you hold down this key the address will increase one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the single operation mode the air conditioner of the next in service address number will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the key to enter the query mode By default it is the first in service air conditioner 10 Downward key In the query mode every time when you press the key the operation status data of the air condition
73. moisture and leak source Installation 37 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 3 4 Recharge of Refrigerant 3 4 1 Operation procedure for recharging refrigerant 3 4 1 1 Operation procedure Calculate the required refrigerant volume by the length of liquid pipe recharging refrigerant X The refrigerant volume from factory does not include the recharged amount of the pipeline extending 3 4 1 2 Detailed steps for recharging refrigerant 1 Make sure vacuum drying is qualified before recharging refrigerant 2 Calculate the required refrigerant volume by the dia and the length of liquid pipe 3 Use electronic scale or fluid infusion apparatus to weight the recharged refrigerant volume 4 Use soft pipe to connect refrigerant cylinder pressure gauge and examine valve of outdoor unit And recharge with liquid mode Before recharging eliminate the air in the soft pipe and pressure gauge s pipe 5 After finishing the recharging by the gas leak detector or soap water to detect whether there is refrigerant leakage in expansion part of indoor and outdoor units 6 Write the recharged refrigerant volume in the indicating plate of outdoor unit Caution 1 The recharged refrigerant volume must be calculated according to the formula in the technical reference of outdoor unit It isn t allowed to calculate by running current pressure and temperature Because current and pressure is changeable due to the difference of temperature and length of pipeline 2
74. o or s74 1900 5a 1075 sos 1004 a88 1745 472 1626 439 7 s zm ar 99 448 OTS ABI 1604 or 1745 095 1626 360 Cn ss a12 aso 1994 405 1075 302 1004 970 1745 058 1626 335 N Note 1 is shown as reference 2 In cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 48 degree C when selecting the models In heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 4 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate It is recommended to connect less than 130 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 14HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C DB WD Combination 96 Outdoor DB 20 8 WB 14 DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2 WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32 WB 24 Capacity temperature Pre P ry a pre eo re a re a re e BER RW MCAC VTSM 2012 09 opecification and performance 6 29 71 4 60 35 43 5 56 41 14 6 63 44 00 7 15 46 86 7 70 5043 8 02 51 57 8 23 s en aos sss ses ata 671 4400 720 4686 779 50 007 5157 me an 4s 348 605 114 720 4400 778 4680 838 0057 lag 20 29 71 5 16 35 43 6 30 41 14 7 78 44 00 8 59 46 14 9 21 47 29 9 27 48 29 9 36 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 25 24 29 450 29 00 5 64 33 71 6 92 36 00 7 61 38 29 8 33 43 00 9 89 4472 10 29 39 24 29 6 87
75. of MD CCMO02 Dimensions 120 120 15mm Tum a screwdriver at the concave on bottom panel of the Wire Controller to remove the Back Cover mm ell Wire Controller Bottom Cover When installing the Wife Controller Cover be sure there is a hole in the wall to avoid the Wire Controller Back Cover being fixed directly to the wall which is not allowed for the Wire Joint extrudes out of the Wire Controller Back Cover When installing the Wire Controller you should adjust the bottom of the Wire Controller Board to the Wire Controller Back Cover which should be fixed first then press the other end of the Wire Controller Board Wiring sketch map of MD CCMO2 and outdoor units These 2 ways are both available 1st way Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit AN Central controller 80 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 way Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Central controller The MD CCMO02 wiring ports are as follows F1 F2 E joints are used for PC connection K1 K2 E joints are used for outdoor unit connections E joint is the common terminal Power supply MD CCMO 2 uses a power adaptor to obtain power supply from the
76. of selecting the bigger the main pipe dia should bec44 5 and 022 2 1 1 2 4 Selection of the branch L M and the outdoor unit pipe g1 g2 g3 G1 E g The branch L M and outdoor unit pipe g1 g2 g3 G1 in the above drawing When there is only single outdoor unit please refer to the following table Table 4 6 When the multi outdoor units are paralleled please refer to the following table Table 4 7 ror oi Drawing example Outdoor unit pipe dia mm Outdoor branch ES WW WW gl g2 L r 2 jig 8 10HP 025 4 12 7 2 1 l du 12 16HP 31 8 015 9 ner vene Installation 9 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 gl g2 g3 8 10HP 25 40 12 7 12 16HP 031 80 15 9 G1 038 1 019 1 gl g2 g3 g4 8 10HP 25 40 12 7 12 16HP 031 8 015 9 G1 038 1 019 1 G2 041 3 022 2 Notice All branches must be purchased from Midea 1 1 3 Pipe selection example W3 W2 W 1 10 12 16 Lo L5 Notice Suppose total equivalent pipe length beyond 90m 1 1 3 1 Select each indoor unit pipe a j according to the table 4 3 Installation L M FQZHW 03N1C L M N FQZHW 04N1C units NE XN length Gas liquid L1 ee EE o mw zen Suppose stom 91910127 e mw zen Suppose stom 91910127 s n me Supoesi m 9159095 im A55 Suposesi m 9159095 1 1 3 2 Select main pipe L1 indoor main pipe L2 L9 indoor branch A l according to the table 4 4
77. outdoor unit Check whether the capacity dial code of outdoor unit is match Correct the dial code of outdoor unit and E side according to then wiring with the dial code of E side Mainboard error For example getting wet Replace mainboard Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 9 HO Communication malfunction between IR341 and MC9S08AC128 Outdoor Unit HO Display Error DSP IC is used for providing running parameter to compressor IC780034 Explanation send the system s parameter such as T3 T4 ODU power need exhaust temp etc From which DSP IC calculates the compressor s frequency Supposed 1 The power supply of DSP IC fails to work normally Causes 2 Defect of either the DSP or the MC9S08AC128 3 Disconnection of the IC MC9S08AC128 pins 4 Defect of main control board 5 Environmental interference Troubleshooting Power supply is abnormal Check the power supply Ensure it is stable and right C phase is lack of electricity i R ft tart th Transformer of mainboard ecovery atter restart the machine power supply is fault Reinstall the chip or replace other chip Chip fault or chip foot sheds off or chip installed in fault machine to determine is inverted correct mode is semicircular whether it s for chip fault Mainboard failure Replace Mainboard Troubleshooting 15 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 10 H1 Communication malf
78. pipe section of the adjacent branch pipe is larger than or equal to 1m b Ensure that the distance between the horizontal straight pipe sections of the two adjacent branch pipes is larger than or equal to 1m c Ensure that the distance between the branch pipe and the horizontal straight pipe section used to connect the indoor unit is larger than or equal to 0 5m gt 1m D M 3 1 2 Storage and maintain of copper pipe 3 1 2 1 Pipe carriage and storage 1 Avoid the pipe from bending or deforming during the carriage 2 Seal the openings of the copper pipe with end cover or adhesive tape during the storage 3 Place the coil upright to avoid compressing deformation due to self weight 4 Use wooden support to ensure that the copper pipe is higher than the ground so as to make the pipe dust proof and water proof 5 Take dust proof and water proof measures at both ends of the pipe 6 Keep the pipes on special bracket or bench at specified place on the construction site 3 1 2 2 Correct to seal the opening 1 There are two ways for opening sealing 1 Sealing with cover or adhesive tape suitable for short term storage 2 Sealing welding suitable for long term storage Caution The openings of the copper pipe must be sealed at any time during the construction e Method of sealing with cover or adhesive tape gt e ILI Use the adhesive tape to Copper pipe Block cover twist tightly at the joint EA P par t i
79. remove Sleep Display Displayed by pressing the SLEEP button Press the SLEEP button again to remove Note All displays on the remote controller are shown for illustration purposes only Electric and Control System 27 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Summary Comparison of remote controllers RO5 BGE RMO5 BG T E A RO6 BGCE ROG BGE R51C BGE R51D E R5114 BGE w e eo po o e Cooling mode Heating mode Fan mode Dehumi difying mode mode function Econom ic mode Remote controll er lock Fan speed control Daily time setting und light time W ME setting How to set address through Wireless Remote Controller 1 Press the LOCK button for more than5 seconds then the controller get into address setting mode 2 Then press the ON OFF button to start transmitting signal in the address setting mode When working in address setting mode press ON OFF will not turn the controller off 3 In the address setting mode there are 2 main functions Querying mode Please point the remote controller to the indoor unit then press MODE button the corresponding indoor unit will display its address Setting mode Use the UP and DOWN buttons to choose an address you want Then point the remote controller to the indoor unit and then press the FAN button to set the indoor units address The corresponding indoor unit will display the new address and record it After about 4 seconds this displaying w
80. system and J refill the refrigerant A PM Or air E N System s liquid loop is blocked Clear away the block N 4 lt Compressor s power lines are short 3 Check the compressor s or the port s are loose power lines E e Measure the compressor Compressor is defective terminals resistance Normally they are 2 50 to each other and Infinite to earth A i p 58 R ll h hi N Chip is defective or M E e chip or replaceit with a fine one incorrectly installed Main control board is defective gt GE IHRE Conn S Troubleshooting 37 Troubleshooting 3 22 P9 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Fan module protection P9 ODU displays P9 Only V4 series system would display this code Control box is too hot Fan is blocked or is defective or is not powered correctly Signal line is loose Fan module is defective Boi m I P9 Fan module protection Control box is too hot or the heat exchange of fan module is inefficient Check the temperature or move the heatsink s ODU to a cooler place Power lines and signal Check the lines and fasten lines of the fan module is e their terminal defective The fan s motor is blocked Clear away the block or or defective repl
81. the correct address code of each outdoor unit and re power on Replace main board Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 12 H7 Indoor unit quantities decreasing malfunction Outdoor Unit H7 Display Error ODU displays H7 All the ODU standby Explanation Supposed 1 The communication terminal of IDU is loose Causes 2 The voltage transformer of IDU is defective 3 IDU installation is not standard which are not unified powered 4 The control board of IDU is defective Indoor unit communication Troubleshooting Fasten the communication M SS terminal or replace the fine wire is loose or the wire is new wire The voltage transformer fails Replace the voltage transformer IDU control board fails Replace the IDU control board IDU does not power on 485 communication 485 fails 18 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 13 H8 Pressures sensor malfunction Outdoor Unit H 8 Display Error ODU displays H8 All the ODU standby Explanation Supposed 1 Poor connection between pressure sensor and mainboard Causes 2 Chip fault or chip foot sheds off or chip is inverted 3 Mainboard error Troubleshooting Pressure sensor wire connector is not connected to the main board correctly the main board or poor Connect the wire connector to Reinstall chip or install other Chip fault or chip foot sheds chip with same model on the off or chip is inverted corre
82. the first start up of main unit and mode setting must apply wire controller 6 System can receives signal delivering from fixed rated wire controller KJR 10B and transits the signal to indoor unit it can also memorizes the latest ON OFF information sending by wire controller Timing information be transited but memorized 7 Upon powered to card inserter transited signal defaults as unit shutdown Once take off the card system will send signal of unit shutdown twice till to the next time card is inserted system will not start unit until 3 seconds later because of memory information delivery 106 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 6 3 Infrared Sensor MD NIMO9 E CE MD NIMO9 E is an infrared sensor which is able to detect whether there is people nearby and auto change the air conditioner back to running mode This humanistic device helps making a comfortable environment for the users and the turning down the conditioner automatically Be easy to install on the wall or ceiling Be with a wide detective angle up to 100 Detective distance is at least 4M great sensibility Be powered from the indoor unit display panel Safe and extra power supply is unnecessary VV VV 2 6 3 1 Wiring of MD NIMO9 E The infrared sensor MD NIMO9 E contains a sensor and a control box The control box helps connecting the device to the wire controller and the indoor unit Infra red inductive controlle
83. the unit is running outside the above condition protective device will start and even then the units take place abnormality running 2 These figures base on the operation conditions between indoor units and outdoor units Equivalent pipe length is 5m and height difference is Om Precaution The indoor relative humidity should be lower than 8096 If the air conditioner works in an environment with a relative humidity higher than mentioned above the surface of the air conditioner may condensate In this case it is recommended to set the air speed of the indoor unit to high MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 7 Capacity Tables 8HP cooling mode Combinati Outdoor Indoor temperature C DB WD Ad reset Capacity rco vo er to m ro me ro Pm to P Te P Te Pl E ee TT Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 2 18 72 213 22 32 259 25 92 3 10 27 72 3 32 2952 3 58 3177 3 73 3249 3 83 16 18 72 2 37 22 32 2 89 25 92 3 44 27 12 3 71 29 52 4 00 30 60 4 01 31 23 4 13 4 10 12 14 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 15 30 1 99 1827 242 2124 2 88 22 68 3 17 2442 347 27 09 411 28 98 4 50 35 15 30 2 91 18 27 3 68 21 24 4 55 22 68 5
84. tightly or else the cover would be sunk or the Liquid Crystal may be broken 32 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 2 3 2 Wired controller KJR 12B 2 3 2 1 Appearance Apply to the customized indoor unit Add ambient temperature qm function based on RA MODE BUTTON 5 TIMER ON BUTTON e TIMER OFF BUTTON II 3 FOLLOW ME BUTTON 5 RESET BUTTON T 2 Nl i Hol M LV IT essi fi Electric and Control System E ON OFF BUTTON 9 FAN SPEED SELECTION 10 AJUDSTMENT BUTTON amp 11 AJUDSTMENT BUTTON Y dao 5 QC LOCK BUTTON Button This button is not designed on all the types If exists it stand for economic running mode Button 9 There are 2 type of this button AUXIL HEATER Auxiliary electricity heater TURBO In cooling mode this button stands for powerful cooling mode available to some mode designed with this function In heating mode this button will cause electric auxiliary ineffective Button 2 Pattern t means the vertical swing function and SWING means the normal swing function Button Pattern gt means the horizontal swing function and ECO means the economic function 2 3 1 2 Installation Dimension 120 120 15mm Installation of wire controller Electric and Control System 33 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Turn a screwdriver at the concave on bottom panel of the Wire Controller to remove the Back Cover W
85. total length of 25 4 liquid pipe m L8 Actual total length of 028 6 liquid pipe m 38 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 4 Drainage Pipe Engineering 4 1 Installation Highlights of Drainage Pipe 4 1 1 Installation principle of drainage pipe 1 Slope 2 reasonable pipe diameter 3 nearby discharge 4 1 2 Installation highlights of drainage pipe 1 Before installing condensate water pipeline determine its route and elevation to avoid intersection with other pipelines and ensure slope is smooth and straight 2 Make sure that the two horizontal fluid pipes shall avoid encountering and preventing flow backwards and drainage difficulty a Correct connection drainage pipe drainage pipe A GE drain tee b Incorrect connection drainage drain tee i Advantages of correct connection 1 Do not cause flow backwards of one pipe 2 The slope of two pipes can be regulated separately Disadvantages of incorrect connection 1 Interfere drainage 2 The side of branch pipe with large quantity of fluid volume will flow to the side with small quantity thus leading to the water backwards of branch pipe with small quantity 3 Suspender gap In general the horizontal gap is 0 8m 1m and the vertical gap is 1 5m 2 0m Each vertical pipe shall be equipped with not less than two suspenders Overlarge suspender gap for horizontal pipe shall create bending thus leading to air resistance 4
86. unit which includes high speed middle speed low speed and automatic speed 9 Swing key In setting the indoor unit it is for setting the swing function of the indoor unit The running modes are swing on or swing off 10 Lock key When setting press the Lock button to lock the remote controller of all or single indoor unit Press the Query button and hold under the main page then repress the Lock button again to lock the keyboard of the central controller press the Mode button and then press the Lock button again to lock the running mode 11 Reset key The central controller re scans the indoor unit in the network as recharging after power off 12 Program key Under the main page press the Program button to set the weekly timer of single indoor unit or all indoor units Press the Query button and hold and then press the Program button to query the weekly timer parameters of the indoor unit 13 Weekly key Under the main page press the Weekly button to start up or shut down the weekly timer function 14 Time key Under the main page press the Time button for 5 seconds to enter the time modifying status and then press Add or Reduce button to change the setting time Press Left or Right to select minute hour day month year Finally press the Confirm button to save the modification 15 Confirm key Save data and send the command required to the indoor unit such as setting the mode of the air conditioner 16 Cancel ke
87. units power supply wiring and connecting wires at least 1 meter away from televisions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise Depending on the radio waves a distance of 1 meter may not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise 6 The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision Young children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance 7 Don t install the air conditioner in the following locations There is petrolatum existing There is salty air surrounding near the coast There is caustic gas the sulfide for example existing in the air near a hot spring The Volt vibrates violently in the factories In buses or cabinets In kitchen where it is full of oil gas There is strong electromagnetic wave existing There are inflammable materials or gas There is acid or alkaline liquid evaporating Other special conditions 8 The insulation of the metal parts of the building and the air conditioner should comply with the regulation of National Electric Standard Remark Failure to observe a caution may result in injury or damage to the equipment Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 2 Units Installation 2 1 Installation of Indoor Unit 2 1 1 Installation procedure Determine the installation position Scribing and locating Installing suspension road Installing the indoor unit 2 1 2 Cautions for installation
88. up it indicates that there is moisture and leak source 5 Vacuum drying shall be conduct from liquid pipe and gas pipe simultaneously There are a lot of functional parts like valves which could shut down the gas flow midway 3 3 2 1 2 Special vacuum drying This kind of vacuum drying method shall be adopted when 1 Finding moisture during flushing refrigerant pipe 2 Conducting construction on rainy day because rain water might penetrated into pipeline 3 Construction period is long and rain water might penetrated into pipeline 4 Rain water might penetrate into pipeline during construction Procedures of special vacuum drying are as follows a The first vacuum drying 2 hours b The second vacuum damage filling nitrogen to 0 5Kgf cm Because nitrogen is dry gas vacuum damage could achieve the effect of vacuum drying but this method could not achieve drying thoroughly when there is too much moisture Therefore special attention shall be drawn to prevent the entering of water and the formation of condensate water c The second vacuum drying 1 hour It is qualified when vacuum degree is under 755mmHg if the vacuum degree is still above 755mmHg within 2 hours drying please repeat the procedures of vacuum damage vacuum drying d Vacuum placement test when the vacuum degree reaches 755mmH keep rest for 1 hour If the indicator of vacuum gauge does not go up it is qualified If going up it indicates that there is
89. 0 459 e 70 214 2090 257 2050 sos 2520 032 2880 ase 3010 408 0840 461 e 70 225 2030 273 2360 022 2520 347 2880 a74 3010 427 0840 481 a 7 230 2030 278 2360 328 2520 a54 2680 280 3010 435 9340 490 e 70 238 2030 288 2360 0 41 2520 ee 2080 aos 3010 452 0290 614 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 21 17 00 245 20 30 2 97 23 60 3 53 2520 3 88 26 80 425 30 10 5 04 3220 5 51 3s 70 336 2090 a24 2050 624 2520 577 2680 604 2650 699 2050 703 35 17 00 3 57 20 30 4 51 23 60 5 58 25 20 6 15 26 80 6 75 28 40 7 24 29 00 7 30 de C1 nile CH Fei v CO ide 00 CH CH no no CH N O O CH MINI O O N no I CH no 00 N Co co CH Co o no O CO CH CO IN l N CO l CH CO CO E EC Exa O 0 al Alulolululuini n loO x oajo o J aes Doc ees SS O Do Zb JL A E O d aloajalajalajal C1 ls lime ee lA ee ee ee ee ee s olojololjololojo c cojolc mi nml rnmi rn alaninilojolxj a a c O10olol olcdo Xj rTr o D D Il Il lI I co Oo olo lolololololo olsojoleojololoajo BIR AR o wlo ol o pRlwowlolola A MlO o ojoj o mi2 o m mi nm mj rnminml rni rnm olojolojololojo oluojolol ololuo un olsojolojololojo alallala Rlulolxin u0 0 VNI SXS DIn o o m m m mj nminml rn nm
90. 0 34 8 07 37 61 41 78 11 02 8 60 37 61 41 78 11 75 9 15 37 61 41 78 12 53 9 73 37 61 41 78 13 34 10 34 37 61 41 78 14 21 10 65 37 61 12 69 41 78 14 84 10 97 37 61 13 15 41 78 15 30 80 0 3 11 02 11 79 12 60 13 10 13 59 14 08 14 57 15 08 15 34 15 51 15 76 10 45 6 12 6 21 6 29 6 39 6 54 6 67 6 80 6 88 7 01 7 14 7 27 7 43 7 63 7 90 8 47 eo 10 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 45 21 22 6 59 25 39 8 01 29 41 9 45 31 50 10 47 33 59 11 51 37 61 13 87 41 78 15 89 18 16 2 82 21 70 3 31 25 23 3 85 27 00 4 08 28 77 4 38 32 30 4 97 35 84 5 61 48 5 2 2 4 60 7 42 7 88 8 37 8 68 8 98 9 42 13 22 3 33 3 39 3 43 3 49 3 56 3 62 3 67 3 78 3 85 3 91 3 97 4 04 4 12 4 16 4 23 4 36 4 63 4 93 5 23 5 55 5 88 6 23 6 61 32 30 15 30 3584 18 31 26 84 29 89 40 26 84 29 89 44 26 84 29 89 4 21 26 84 29 89 4 29 26 84 29 89 440 26 84 29 89 4 53 26 84 29 89 4 67 26 84 29 89 4 74 26 84 29 89 4 82 26 84 29 89 4 91 26 84 29 89 4 99 26 84 29 89 5 08 26 84 29 89 5 18 26 84 29 89 5 23 26 84 29 89 5 35 26 84 29 89 5 71 26 84 29 89 6 08 26 84 29 89 6 48 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 8
91. 02 24 12 5 51 25 56 5 91 26 10 5 95 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 13 59 2 10 16 20 2 61 18 81 3 19 20 16 3 50 21 51 3 83 24 12 4 52 26 73 5 28 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 E 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 11 88 2 50 14 22 3 07 16 47 3 72 17 64 410 18 81 446 21 06 5 32 2340 6 22 10 17 1 14 12 15 1 34 14 13 1 55 15 12 1 65 16 11 1 77 18 09 2 01 20 07 2 26 41 10 12 14 16 18 20 6096 21 23 25 27 9 NO 3 33 5 37 9 41 43 45 48 CA oO al 10 12 14 16 18 20 50 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 8HP heating mode Indoor temperature C DB Combination V lue T 3 O A epa eme 16 18 20 21 pod Tc P Tc e TOC PL TO Pi kW W 13096 12096 22 C L t eet e 511 1728 526 1723 24 C Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 16 7 17 18 17 5 82 18 08 6 05 18 08 6 27 18 00 6 38 18 00 6 49 18 00 6 72 5 5 6 23 57 6 79 23 48 6 96 23 48 7 13 23 40 7 21 23 40 7 30 23 31 7 48 Las 4s s amp amp 697 1874 657 1074 670 1865 085 1865 ress 1858 671 18 65 7 14 19 42 7 26 20 36 7 39 20 88 7 44 21 13 7 40 6 695 Tare 35 1959
92. 09 367 2508 09 2495 o3 2495 960 2495 o3 2404 097 2404 1020 ailes 2614 032 2602 960 2602 ese 2501 1002 2591 10 16 2591 1044 es 2ese 976 252 1002 2840 1027 2640 1040 2840 1054 2828 1080 o o7 3596 1087 3589 1060 3875 ese a256 943 9149 008 2935 832 7 s o 915 sess sss Mazaira s256 res s14 736 2995 678 s 7s os eso 0569 ooa so75 zas s256 722 sro 695 2905 041 Tar ss seo esa 389 759 s75 708 a256 6s2 a14 ess 2995 607 Ps 187 sos 720 0569 076 9076 602 0250 609 9108 587 2935 544 388 20 2069 939 2857 965 2557 004 2057 1008 2945 1022 2345 1048 es 2645 1020 2645 1050 2609 1078 2630 1083 2610 1081 2619 981 o o7 see oss os 018 9000 amp s 2005 821 2810 788 2619 726 7 s sss 7s a91 745 Baoe 2005 ees 2610 644 2619 595 s 7s sse 752 a191 703 9000 ess 2905 632 2610 608 2619 564 Cn ss sss 710 39 ees 3000 620 2005 598 2610 677 2619 535 35 ns seer eso ster 627 3000 s86 2005 ses 2610 sas 2619 506 388 20 2052 909 2840 1023 2040 1047 2040 1059 2340 1072 2281 1060 367 2462 1024 2482 1047 2671 1060 2071 108r 2447 963 2281 990 asar 1076 2791 1075 202
93. 14 m2 k 0 4 S 33 14 11 3486 965 3471 10 11 34 57 10 58 3457 10 81 34 57 11 04 3443 1151 6 8 P 0 2 36 n Tos sen 1027 9487 1070 9467 11 13 0648 36 saas 1355 9420 11 99 7 120 t 18 7 31 01 5 3 3 5 7 8 6 71 6 2 7 3 7 RER a o o a 1208 ez 1201 sr 1278 6657 1291 449 1908 449 13 40 s 22 49 20 1250 4914 1288 414 1014 48 00 1530 48 00 1044 47 00 1887 s 41 _ soze 1280 sos7 509 5057 1938 5043 1858 so4s 1958 47 00 1256 7 s sss 1000 59 20 10 30 S838 vI8Ga7 52 20 1040 5057 1288 47 00 1182 s 7s 56 00 1539 55 06 1959 54 00 1014 s229 1262 sos 121 47 00 1 12 u ss sess 55e sras 1099 54 00 1235 s229 1 87 sosr nao 47 00 1048 es m s sr 1090 9440 1120 940 1100 94 20 11 09 3426 1208 94 20 1247 o o7 44s7 1256 4657 1280 4448 13 7 aaa 1531 46 347 4934 1827 7 s sew m4 ser 1050 usaras ree 1206 629 1158 9 4 1068 s 7s sess 1569 ser 1274 s457 we aree 135 4629 1090 43 14 1008 u ss ssss 1288 s271 1199 4997 1112 aree 1070 4620 1027 49 14 946 35 ns sss 1208 s271 1125 0957 1045 ree 1008 4620 956 4914 89 0 5 3 2 1 9 0 3 2 1 9 0 9 7 5 3 4 7 1 1 1 0 6
94. 1762 oe 1642 s 7s zs ase 1 ais 1890 887 1022 a74 1762 961 1642 11 9 8 21 29 4 18 20 10 3 92 18 90 3 67 18 22 3 55 17 62 3 43 16 42 3 18 z co eo Se co Note 1 is shown as reference 2 In cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 48 degree C when selecting the models In heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 1 Specification and performance OHP cooling mode Combinati on 96 Capacity index 130 120 110 Outdoor temperatu we Fre A gt w 5 24 60 2 i 2 Z E E 2 gt S gt 5 T gt T 5 9 I a i is s 2 z S S i E 2 gt a gt s gt 1 T 5 7 S I i S T s 2 DB 23 3 WB 16 TC EM 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 20 28 70 28 20 27 80 27 30 27 02 26 82 26 65 27 60 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 27 00 26 90 26 68 26 54 26 39 30 32 24 80 24 80 24 80 Es Indoor temperature DB 25 8 WB 18 MUN 3090 600 DB 27 WB 19 IN 35 30 35 30 35 30 35 30 35 30 35 30 35 30 35 30 34 80 34 40 33 90
95. 29 00 8 73 39 71 10 80 36 00 11 93 38 29 13 11 39 29 13 26 40 14 13 35 27 29 31 33 35 37 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 opecification and performance 45 18 86 5 78 22 57 7 03 26 14 8 30 28 00 9 20 29 86 10 11 33 43 12 17 37 14 13 95 16 14 2 47 19 29 2 91 22 43 3 38 24 00 3 58 25 57 3 84 28 71 4 36 31 86 4 92 48 5 2 2 4 60 90 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 8 4 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 14HP heating mode Indoor temperature C DB oe C C 9 0 EN 2 24 n ale na e le e ale Fem owe uw e ww ww uw e uw e Ow 7 10 B 11 C C k 3 7 7 2 4 KCN 7 585 s186 936 11 o SS CS 2 EN Cosa 102 1 EM SS om 95 7 2 W rest az 54 7 35 187 6514 155 6228 1298 sesr 1200 5657 157 6671 98 20 2000 ses 2886 017 2871 969 2871 094 2871 1020 2857 1072 ao 2043 a2 2929 ass 2020 004 2014 1009 2012 1095 20 00 1086 SCH ass soz 014 9020 1039 s029 1064 90
96. 3 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 3 Refrigerant Pipe Engineering 3 1 Refrigerant Pipe Processing 3 1 1 Basic requirements 3 1 1 1 Operation procedure Determine the route and size of the pipeline according to the construction drawing Make and installing bracket hanger and support gt Make and arrange pipe accessories gt Recharge nitrogen gas for protection gt Brazing welding gt Pipe flushing air tightness test gt Thermal insulation gt Vacuum drying 3 1 1 2 Three principles for refrigerant piping Item Heasons Countermeasure Dry The rain comes into engineering water The process of tubing must be criterion 2 Below cleanly comes into produced condensate water in the pipe Cleanness There are oxide produced Charge nitrogen gas to prevent when welding by weldingloutside Below cleanl dustisundries comes into Attention the cleanness during the piping process Air Imprecision weld tightness unqualified airproof to flaring pipe leakage of the fringe Caution Removing oil for copper pipe of a system that uses R410A For the system that uses R410A oil free copper pipes should be selected they can also be customized If ordinary oily copper pipes are used it must be cleaned with gauze that is dipped into tetrachloroethylene solution Purpose of cleansing copper pipe Remove the lube industrial oil used during the processing of the copper pipe attached to the inner wall of the
97. 33 40 33 00 32 80 32 30 31 80 6 06 31 40 30 90 30 50 30 00 29 60 29 10 28 70 28 40 28 26 27 96 30 49 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 60 33 40 32 90 32 50 32 20 31 80 31 30 30 90 30 40 30 00 29 50 29 00 28 60 28 10 27 88 27 67 27 38 31 21 30 80 30 80 30 80 E zx C DB WD DB 28 2 WB 20 37 00 37 00 37 00 37 00 37 00 36 58 36 13 35 70 35 30 34 80 34 30 33 90 33 40 33 20 32 70 32 30 31 80 31 40 30 90 30 50 30 00 29 60 29 10 28 80 28 51 28 09 30 74 35 20 35 20 35 20 35 20 35 20 35 20 35 20 35 20 34 70 34 20 33 80 33 30 32 90 32 60 32 20 31 70 31 30 30 80 30 40 29 90 29 50 29 00 28 50 28 28 28 07 2 82 31 88 32 80 32 80 32 80 4 12 4 12 4 36 4 41 4 47 4 61 4 76 4 04 4 06 4 08 4 10 5 20 5 45 5 58 5 83 6 35 6 61 6 86 7 12 7 39 7 66 7 92 7 99 8 00 8 04 6 13 4 63 4 68 4 72 4 74 4 81 4 86 4 91 4 91 4 93 4 96 5 04 5 16 5 41 5 54 5 79 6 05 6 31 6 56 6 82 7 07 7 34 7 60 7 86 7 91 7 94 8 00 5 22 4 26 4 29 4 34 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 DB 30 7 WB 22 4 48 4 54 4 59 4 63 4 62 4 62 3 90 4 06 4 07 4 09 4 12 5 25 5 50 5 64 5 89 6 15 6 41 6 68 6 94 7 20 7 47 7 74 8 01 8 02 8 04 8 07 6 13 4 78 4 82 4 85 4 88 4 89 4 93 4 95 4 96 4 93 5 01 5 09 5 21 5 46 5 59 5 85 6 10 6 37 6 63 6 89 7 15 7 41 7 68 7 95 7 97 7 99 8 02 5 15 4 42 4 47 4 51 D
98. 4 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate It is recommended to connect less than 130 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 12HP cooling mode Combination Indoor temperature C DB WD 96 Outdoor DB 20 8 WB 14 DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2 WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32 WB 24 reen mese ro Dm aji api me tc e to et pt A ES T RW Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 2 24 80 3 28 29 67 3 99 3446 4 78 3685 5 11 39 24 551 4224 575 43 19 5 90 24 89 3 65 29 67 4 45 34 46 5 29 36 85 5 72 39 24 6 16 40 68 6 18 41 52 6 36 en E 4 10 12 14 Ij O1 O01 O Oo nm 0 O1 CO D N O 00 N cO cO CO NI NIN NIOJN o OO N OT tu Q2 E CH co bh C2 C5 C2 CO wiil P N a o a O1 CO Oo cO o gt amp Co O NO 2 f 7 0 coj c o c o Oo CO CO N N NIN O1 00 O1 co CA Wu wesch 00 C2 NO O Co CO NO al wesch CO no CO ide LO LO AR cO CO AB CO no N CO no N O O O CO 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 40 08 5 63 40 08 5 67 40 08 5 73 40 08 5 82 40 08 5 88 33 33 32 32 699 35 82 7 70 31 35 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 AR ME lolm PIJIN w w w alala olol o o P AIN co Ola E O
99. 40Pa 4 08 mm H20 external static pressure specification as an option 0 20Pa as standard to meet the requirements of veranda installation Customization is required A General Information MCAC VTSM 2012 09 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz 2 3 2 More options of Indoor units and high capacity connection Lineup of heat pump types is 8 to 72 HP Indoor units consist of 14 types with a total of 102 models not including Outdoor Air Processing Units capacity ranges from 1 8kW to 28kW A maximum 130 indoor unit s connective ratio is allowed for all outdoor unit capacities This wide selection of models makes it possible to build a system that suits the customer s requirements 2 4 High Comfort 2 4 1 Optional outdoor units Silent Mode control Night silent operation will be activated X 6 8 hours after the peak temperature during daytime and it will get back to normal operation after Y 8 10 12 hours To run in lower speed lower noise min 46 8dB A Peak value of ambient temp Capacity o Night Silent Mode Max 10dB 10HP Noise dB Load 8 00 12 00 16 00 20 00 0 00 4 00 8 00 Autosp ctrum Signal2 Input2 Real CPB Analyzer Cursor values X 40 000Hz Y 18 544dB A 200 Total 46 803dB A 31 5 63 125 250 500 IK 2K AK 8K Hz 2 4 2 More Options for outdoor units Night silent mode silence mode super silence mode 2 5 High Reliability 2 5 1 Alternative Cycle Duty operation of outdoor units V4 K Ser
100. 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 4 5 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 5 7 0 7 5 8 0C 8 5 9 0 9 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 14 ON OFF key Any time when you press the key the centralized startup shutdown operation is performed for all current in service air conditioners in the centralized controller network If all in service air conditioners in the network are in the power off status press the key to perform the startup operation If itis in the mode setting page currently and the parameters such as startup mode temperature and air speed are selected the air conditioner will be started according to the selected parameters If no mode is selected currently and the air conditioner is powered off or it is in other display page currently and the default startup mode is Cooling strong air set temperature 24 C swing function enabled The default startup mode is locked according to the system mode or judged according to other constraint conditions If any conflict exists the next conflict free mode will apply automatically If conflict exists for all modes startup will be impossible If one or more in service air conditioners in the network including in the timing process of timing startup shutdown pressing this key will shut down all air conditioners When performing the shutdown operation the shutdown command is issued to the air conditioners in the startup status only and is
101. 5 996 2530 057 2447 oto 2281 844 as 10 2868 1086 2791 1048 2625 967 2530 020 2447 ses 2281 821 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 8 5 9 1 29 58 10 92 27 91 10 16 26 25 9 41 25 30 9 05 24 47 8 70 22 81 8 00 7 7e ss 104 2791 970 2625 eoo 2530 sse 2447 832 2281 766 o or sss e39 2791 785 2025 730 2530 703 2447 677 2281 626 s 22 ease mer 2791 718 2625 660 2530 644 2447 621 2281 574 5 a sse 724 2791 677 2625 ess sso 609 2447 687 2281 544 7 6 29 58 6 84 27 91 6 41 26 25 5 98 25 30 5 77 24 47 5 57 22 81 5 16 o 7s ss 047 2791 o6 2025 ses 2530 sae 2447 528 2281 400 Cu ss esse e12 2791 s73 2625 sor 2530 518 2447 601 2281 465 os 53e oss 2393 esi 2250 e28 2179 796 2107 765 1964 706 7 7e 53e ess 2390 soe 2250 751 2179 724 2107 696 1964 648 o o7 sae 7o 293 ose 2250 614 2179 s98 2107 sz 1964 520 s a esas eo 2398 672 2250 sas 2179 517 2107 499 1964 a68 7 s ss s7 293 sae Masis zie so 2107 a74 1964 440 eil a12 000 1994 039 1075 vo 1004 72 1745 724 1626 668 asr as iw 057 1994 000 1075 744 1008 737 1745 690 1626 637 Las a2 77 1990 720 187s 67 1004 647 1745 620 1626 577
102. 6 31 should plus 16 The buzzer is alarm the light is on address code is between 32 47 should plus 32 The buzzer is alarm the light is flashing address code is between 48 63 should plus 48 For example Press the button for 5 seconds 1 The buzzer is not alarm and the running and warning light is on the indoor unit address is equal to 8 1 9 If buzzer is not alarm the light is flashing the address need plus 16 The indoor unit address is equal to 8 1 16 25 Address code table owes o s ae s s s 5 ease soon uw ep m opm pne pe e fos ojia ze zs 50 32 ale Note if press 10 seconds the Timer and the Warning is light on the capacity code is 4 1 5 refer to the above tale 5 means 7 1kw capacity MANUAL C h Ve 0000 OPERATION TIMER DEFJFAN ALARM 2 The last indoor unit should be strengthen the signal for long distance communication push the SW7 to the on position which near the PQE wire connector And push the outdoor unit switch to the on position which near the PQE wire connector Push it to the on position m Troubleshooting 9 Troubleshooting 3 4 E4 Ambient temp sensor malfunction Outdoor Unit E A Display Error ODU displays E4 Explanation Supposed Causes 1 The sensor terminal is loose 2 The sensor circuit is short or open MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 The main control board s clamp diodes are short or open Troubleshooting Temp sensor is sh
103. 6 46 13 52 16 15 3 57 4 29 2142 5 09 24 05 6 88 13 52 16 15 3 78 4 55 2142 540 24 05 7 32 13 52 16 15 3 94 4 71 21 42 5 60 24 05 7 65 13 52 16 15 4 11 4 88 2142 5 80 24 05 6 90 26 68 7 98 13 52 16 15 4 32 5 08 2142 6 08 24 05 8 42 13 52 16 15 6 95 21 42 8 53 24 05 11 82 11 31 13 52 1 69 1 95 17 83 245 19 98 2 63 11 31 13 52 1 73 1 97 17 83 249 19 98 2 67 11 31 13 52 1 76 2 00 17 83 2 21 19 98 2 72 11 31 13 52 1 78 2 04 17 88 225 19 98 2 77 11 31 13 52 1 81 2 06 17 83 2 30 19 98 2 84 11 31 13 52 1 84 2 09 17 83 2 34 19 98 2 92 11 31 13 52 1 87 2 13 17 83 2 37 19 98 3 02 11 31 13 52 1 89 2 16 17 83 244 19 98 3 06 11 31 13 52 1 91 2 20 17 83 2 49 19 98 3 11 11 31 13 52 1 94 2 22 17 83 2 52 19 98 3 17 11 31 13 52 1 96 2 26 17 88 2 56 19 98 3 22 11 31 13 52 2 00 2 29 17 83 2 61 19 98 3 28 11 31 13 52 2 02 2 33 17 83 2 66 19 98 3 34 11 31 13 52 2 05 2 35 17 83 2 68 19 98 3 38 11 31 13 52 2 07 2 39 17 88 2 73 19 98 3 45 11 31 13 52 2 11 2 44 17 83 2 82 19 98 3 68 11 31 13 52 2 20 2 57 17 88 2 99 19 98 3 93 11 31 13 52 2 32 2 73 17 83 3 18 19 98 4 18 11 31 13 52 2 45 2 89 17 83 3 38 19 98 4 45 11 31 13 52 2 60 3 07 17 83 3 59 19 98 4 73 11 31 13 52 2 74 3 24 17 83 3 79 19 98 5 02 11 31 13 52 2 90 3 44 17 83 4 02 19 98 5 34 11 31 13 52 3 06 3 63 17 83 4 27 19 98 5 67 11 31 13 52
104. 60 4 26 32 06 5 48 18 21 54 3 76 28 60 434 32 06 5 59 20 21 54 3 83 28 60 443 32 06 5 98 80 21 21 54 3 87 28 60 4 53 32 06 6 20 23 21 54 4 05 28 60 4 84 32 06 6 65 25 21 54 4 33 28 60 5 17 32 06 zii 27 21 54 4 61 28 60 5 53 32 06 7 61 29 21 54 4 92 28 60 5 90 3206 6 96 3553 8 14 31 21 54 5 23 28 60 6 29 32 06 8 45 33 21 54 5 57 28 60 6 70 32 06 8 77 35 21 54 5 93 28 60 7 14 32 06 9 09 37 21 54 6 31 28 60 7 60 32 06 9 40 39 21 54 6 71 28 60 8 09 3206 9 60 3278 9 73 41 21 54 6 81 28 60 8 23 32 06 9 84 9 90 45 21 54 7 04 28 60 8 49 32 06 10 18 48 21 54 4 64 28 60 5 60 32 06 6 60 35 67 6 75 5 18 90 2 63 25 00 3 01 28 00 3 95 2 18 90 2 64 25 00 3 06 28 00 4 01 18 90 2 70 25 00 3 11 28 00 4 06 2 18 90 2 74 25 00 3 17 28 00 4 13 4 18 90 2 80 25 00 3 24 28 00 4 22 18 90 2 87 25 00 3 31 28 00 4 31 18 90 2 94 25 00 3 38 28 00 4 39 10 18 90 3 01 25 00 3 48 28 00 4 44 12 18 90 3 07 25 00 3 54 28 00 4 53 14 18 90 3 12 25 00 3 60 28 00 4 61 16 18 90 3 18 25 00 3 67 28 00 4 70 70 18 18 90 3 24 25 00 3 73 28 00 4 79 20 18 90 3 31 25 00 3 81 28 00 4 93 21 18 90 3 33 25 00 3 84 28 00 5 10 23 18 90 3 40 25 00 4 04 28 00 5 46 25 18 90 3 62 25 00 431 28 00 5 84 27 18 90 3 87 25 00 4 60 28 00 6 25 29 18 90 4 11 25 00 4 89 28 00 6 67 31 18 90 4 38 25 00 5 21 28 00 7 11 33 18 90 4 66 25 00 5
105. 7 24 x 56 258 x0 958 5 66 kW MDV D71T2 27 24 x 71 258 x0 958 7 18 kW een Rooma Rome RoomG Rob Set foomF ond a Capacity 0 SC D Selection Procedure MCAC VTSM 2011 09 Selection Procedure 2 4 Conclusion Generally we think this result is acceptable so we can think we have accomplished the calculation But if you think this result is not acceptable you can repeat the above process Remark In this sample we don t consider the other capacity modification index and assume them are 1 0 For more details about the effect factor such as outside ambient inside ambient DB WD please refer to the performance table of indoor and outdoor units Selection Procedure 7 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance Part 3 Specification amp Performance ls e de te EE o D T 2 2 DIMENSIONS EET ITI CL IT 6 3 Piping Diagrams EE 10 4 Electric Characteristics 12 5 Wiring Diagrams and Field Wiring 13 5 Operation LIMIS E 18 i Ts CADACKY TADICS 19 Gs DOUNG ECV 54 9 Outdoor Fan performance 55 10 ACCCSSONGES 56 11 Functional parts and safety devices 57 Specification and performance 1 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 Specifications C 1 A E Ium Lam a en EOS RE E nn _ o _
106. 71 80 90 112 omo we ee ee e ee fo RENE RE RE Model Model Model Model Model 140 160 200 250 280 Selection Procedure eg Unit Size Selection Procedure MHVAC VTSM 2010 03 1 3 Actual Performance Date Use OUTDOOR UNIT CAPACITY TABLES Determine correct table according to the outdoor unit model and combination ratio Enter the table at given indoor and outdoor temperature and find the outdoor unit capacity and power input The individual indoor unit capacity power input can by calculated as follows IUC2OUC x INX TNX Where IUC Each indoor unit capacity OUC Outdoors unit capacity INX Each indoor unit capacity index TNX Total capacity index Then correct the indoor unit capacity according to the piping length If the corrected capacity is smaller than the load the size of indoor unit has to be increased and repeat the same selection procedure 1 4 Variation in capacity in accordance with the length of refrigerant pipe 1 4 1 Cooling capacity modification Modification coefficient of the length and high difference of refrigerant pipe H m 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 O 92 89 87 05 03 O 100 Zo T Al Sg j M se T 1 S a 4 7 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200L m dl L Refrige
107. 9 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 89 26 84 29 89 00 90 7 33 7 78 8 27 8 79 9 19 7 08 7 37 7 54 10 42 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 48 5 2 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 8 10 89 4 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 16HP heating mode Indoor temperature C DB gen Tc P re P fo m rc m rc m tc ow tri l CO O C1 C1 C1 C1 CH 00 O al P O mech al GA 00 O ojoj O 00 EM CS C1 C1 00 O N CO O p Y E LO l O O N RER nal AB CA C1 mme O O N Co E l d LO 00 L no CH LA no no no CO N o O e IN 00 CO O CH n m Y zn 00 CO cO CH a CO O CO co CH Oo O CO NI C1 N ho O l cO O C1 IN CH al O1 CH O Co co aa Gell KUER no CO A CH CH CH mille A de no C1 00 5 CH E 3 CO C1 l C1 Oo Ld O Speck Co o no al N nN no usd co 00 SR LO 00 L N O LA no CH O e NI O CO co ills N LO CO l C1 allis CO A oO dinde N C1 N Ze in l O N CA 00 oo O1 cO nmi N de no 7 e soos 1640 5057 1550 asosiasi 0 17 1970 5148 1824 a794 1216 RR N o
108. B 32 WB 24 4 51 4 55 4 62 4 68 4 77 4 81 4 86 5 00 5 03 5 14 5 22 5 30 5 56 5 69 5 95 6 21 6 48 6 74 7 02 7 28 7 55 7 83 8 10 8 18 8 19 8 35 6 62 4 90 4 92 4 93 4 94 4 95 4 97 4 99 5 02 5 05 5 11 5 19 5 26 5 51 5 65 5 90 6 16 6 42 7 22 7 49 7 76 8 02 8 08 8 25 8 43 5 46 4 56 4 58 4 64 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 2 20 80 2 60 24 80 3 18 28 80 3 81 30 80 4 07 32 80 4 39 35 30 4 58 36 10 4 70 16 20 80 2 90 24 80 3 54 28 80 4 21 30 80 4 55 32 80 4 90 34 00 4 92 34 70 5 06 7 03 7 29 4 10 12 14 Wu 00 O 6 11 2020 412 2480 520 2080 660 2940 674 2980 677 90 60 2080 439 2480 564 2050 696 2900 7 00 2040 708 3010 7 09 3030 5 20 80 528 2480 ee 2720 772 2760 7 76 2800 780 2670 20 80 539 2480 696 2077 788 2717 787 2757 791 2808 796 2817 2020 556 2480 ess 2050 791 2089 797 2739 790 2760 ere 2791 C2278 am 2716 512 2860 578 2898 587 2059 584 2904 635 3017 1890 225 2250 272 2620 a24 2800 0 47 2050 977 9850 429 05 40 4 189 2391 2260 279 2620 0 31 2800 058 2980 ses 9050 441 3540 4 a 3540 4 EC N OIO Cu Oo E 0 Co O co CH N S no n2 co co Oo NO co al CH 00 NIN IO N O cO ER NIN 00 CO OD X 00 CO O 2 2
109. BA5 MDV D56T2 N1X BA5 MDV D71T2 N1X BA5 MDV D80T2 N1X BA5 MDV D90T2 N1X BA5 MDV D112T2 N1X BA5 MDV D140T2 N1X BA5 MDV D200T 1 N1 B MDV D250T1 N1 B MDV D280T1 N1 B MDV D36DL N1 C MDV D45DL N1 C MDV D56DL N1 C MDV D71DL N1 C MDV D80DL N1 C MDV D90DL N1 C MDV D112DL N1 C MDV D140DL N1 C MDV D160DL N1 C General Information MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Wall mounted S Type Wall mounted R type Exposed floor standing Type New Panel Outdoor fresh air processing unit MDV D22G N1 S MDV D22G DN1 S MDV D28G N1 S MDV D28G DN1 S MDV D36G N1 S MDV D36G DN1 S MDV D45G N1 S MDV D45G DN1 S MDV D56G N1 S MDV D56G DN1 S MDV D71G R3 N1Y MDV D80G R3 N1Y MDV D90G R3 N1Y MDV D22Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D28Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D36Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D45Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D56Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D71Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D80Z N1 F4 F5 MDV D125T1 N1 FA MDV D140T1 N1 FA R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz Wall mounted C Type Concealed floor standing Outdoor fresh air processing unit MDV D22G N1 S MDV D22G DN1 S MDV D28G N1 S MDV D28G DN1 S MDV D36G N1 S MDV D36G DN1 S MDV D45G N1 S MDV D45G DN1 S MDV D56G N1 S MDV D56G DN1 S MDV D22Z N1 F3B MDV D28Z N1 F3B MDV D36Z N1 F3B MDV D45Z N1 F3B MDV D56Z N1 F3B MDV D71Z N1 F3B MDV D80Z N1 F3B MDV D22Z DN1 B MDV D28Z DN1 B MDV D36Z DN1 B MDV D45Z DN1 B MDV D200T 1 N1 FA MDV D250T 1 N1 FA MDV D280T1 N1 FA The specifications designs and information in this book are subje
110. CAC VTSM 2012 09 6 33 43 5 24 39 86 6 33 4629 7 55 49 50 8 14 52 71 8 77 56 73 9 13 58 02 9 37 8 ss4 520 sese 648 46 20 764 4950 828 s271 887 s675 919 s802 047 16 osa 505 3986 690 4620 520 4950 886 s271 954 5465 958 6577 088 20 33 43 5 88 39 86 7 18 46 29 8 86 49 50 9 79 51 91 10 49 53 20 10 56 54 33 10 66 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 opecification and performance 25 27 32 5 12 32 68 6 42 37 93 7 88 40 50 8 67 43 07 9 48 48 37 11 26 50 31 11 71 10 54 43 07 11 56 47 09 48 05 13 21 39 27 32 7 82 32 68 994 37 93 12 30 40 50 13 59 43 07 14 93 44 20 15 10 45 16 15 21 27 29 31 33 35 37 6 24 6 37 6 48 6 59 6 73 6 86 7 01 7 50 8 01 8 56 8 65 9 26 43 07 47 73 43 07 47 73 43 07 47 73 43 07 47 73 43 07 47 73 43 07 47 73 9 15 43 07 47 73 9 75 43 07 46 93 10 37 43 07 46 29 11 05 43 07 45 48 11 77 43 07 44 84 12 53 43 07 44 04 12 76 43 07 43 77 12 93 43 07 43 50 13 16 43 07 42 96 8 67 43 07 47 92 4 66 37 61 41 78 4 74 37 61 41 78 4 82 37 61 41 78 4 91 37 61 41 78 5 02 37 61 41 78 5 13 37 61 41 78 5 24 37 61 6 00 41 78 5 39 37 61 41 78 5 48 37 61 41 78 5 57 37 61 41 78 5 69 37 61 41 78 5 78 37 61 41 78 5 90 37 61 41 78 5 95 37 61 41 78 6 25 37 61 41 78 6 67 37 61 41 78 9 05 7 12 37 61 41 78 9 67 7 58 37 61 41 78 1
111. DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2 WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32 WB 24 Capaciy MANE vc e te e ve m e m rc e r a tc P E 0 eosa ses aros 725 5464 7 77 5573 828 sous 549 6081 594 6244 890 a ose 607 roe 741 5464 602 5678 878 s046 870 6091 9 00 6244 030 ase 618 aros 756 5464 862 5073 86 s880 897 6016 900 6178 930 8 ose ess aros 778 5664 9 06 5573 920 5807 926 5951 sso 6097 045 10 eosa 646 4709 790 5464 9 09 5678 960 57387 o s882 406 6027 073 20 ase 71 4709 909 5228 1051 5304 1056 sae 1082 sez 1071 5857 1083 0 fase 564 4039 682 5047 810 5400 872 6657 920 5786 943 s014 860 6 364 577 4039 7 03 5047 sr 5400 898 56 57 946 5786 960 0 14 960 10 3648 590 4939 720 5047 856 5400 926 6657 956 5786 ose s014 977 12 oss 601 4309 739 5047 873 5400 943 6577 960 5705 961 5834 969 14 3648 612 4939 748 50 47 8 90 5400 962 6696 se 5041 975 5760 998 28 oas 690 4039 697 soar 1119 s111 1122 6175 1128 5808 1190 5032 149 25 esas 74 43 59 960 49 66 11 68 5030 1172 6095 1177 sese 11 08 6308 1200 ss osas 5 4030 1247 4676 13 68 arsi 1972 4805 197 4934 199 6062 1608 Specification and performance M
112. E En 0 ben m 2 Three phase three wire system with current transformer 3 Three phase four wire system facaroajaoaa Enc Di om 4 Three phase three wire system with current transformer and voltage transformer SLIS EOL ASA Ces SC AH 2 6 1 2 Installation Dimensions Here can be adjusted Ge 15mm ET 201 Note The ammeter device is an optional device Without this device the central AC system is also able Electric and Control System 103 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System to work normally If users want to realize the network fee calculating function this device is necessary And each outdoor unit should equip one ammeter Do remember to fix the power line terminals and the signal line terminals before use 2 6 2 Hotel card insert accessories MD NIMO5 E and MD NIMO5 E 1 MD NIMO5 E and MD NIMO5 E 1 are mainly designed for the hotel card insert system It offers a smart way to save energy and manage the air conditioners enof com AAKA A smart way to save energy and money Cooperates with the hotel card insert system Extra power supply is unnecessary Connected but insulate to the card insert system VV YV ON WV Easy to install MD NIMOS The main difference between MD NIMO5 E and MD NIMO5 E 1 is that MD NIMO5 E 1 is able to record the running status after power off and recover the unit to the previous running status While MD NIMO5 E runs the unit to the defaul
113. EH Ka TENE s Time ON Vert swing Me Reset 2 9 Time OFF Lock LE 4 Co nfirm butto d Cool heat Jo 15 Economic operation M 1 MODE Each time you push the button a mode is selected as the following figure indicates gt AUTO gt COOL gt DRY gt FAN A L 2 FAN SPEED This button is used for setting Fan Speed in the sequence that goes from AUTO LOW MED to HIGH then back to Auto nee LOW gt MED gt SECH 3 Decrease Temp Adjust Y 9 to decrease the set temp Keeping pressing will decrease the temp with 1 C per 0 5s 4 Increase Temp Adjust A 4 to increase the set temp Keeping pressing will increase the temp with 1 C per 0 5s i 5 ON OFF EI For turning on or turning off the air conditioner 6 Wind Vert Swing Ct Activate or turn off wind vertical swing function Only available when remote Electric and Control System 23 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System controller is used with corresponding unit 7 Wind Horiz Swing C Activate or turn off wind horizontal swing function Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit 8 CLOCK CO Display the current time 12 00 is displayed when resetting or electrifying for the first time Press CLOCK for 5s icon indicating hour digital will flash with 0 5s Press it again icon indicating minute digital will
114. ENTA 1 and the number 20 Page10 displays the compressor current symbolic 2 with CURRENT A 2 and the number 21 Page11 displays the compressor current symbolic 3 with CURRENTA 3 and the number 22 Page12 displays the digital capacity with DIGITAL CAPACITY and the number 23 Page13 displays the openness of electromagnetism valve symbolic 1 with VALVE OPENNESS 1 and the number 24 Page14 displays the openness of electromagnetism valve symbolic 2 with VALVE OPENNESS 2 78 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System and the number 25 Page15 displays the most advanced malfunction with MALFUNCTION and the code 26 Page16 displays the most advanced protection with PROTECTION and the code NOTE The page will increase or decrease by 1 every time you press PAGE Up or PAGE DOWN Select the online outdoor unit by push the previous or next freely Set Page Display 1 Set Page Displays set 2 Mode display Pressing MODE button and select Forced Cooling or OFF mode 3 Set page displays the addresses of selected outdoor unit and module 4 Pressing OK button to confirm all settings and send the signals to the corresponding air conditioners 5 successful or unsuccessful will be displayed in the display panel to show whether the signals are accepted or not Electric and Control System 79 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 3 3 Installation
115. I F3 H Outdoor unit 2 Displaying the selected outdoor unit with address of Ca and GG als 3 Mode display Ger means cool Pec means heat OFF means shut off E U means cooling ee mode only G means heating mode only m Fan O Fan m Fan d 3 hn 4 Fan Speed Display a0 means low speed 71 means middle speed adil means high speed 5 Compressor State Display COMP 1 2 3 4 6 Electromagnetism Valve Display EMV 123456 4 ways valve 7 4 Ways Valve Display se 8 Defrost Display Defrost 9 Oil Return Display OIL RETURN 10 Page O displays the consumption of electric energy with ELECTRIC ENERGY kW h and the number 11 Page1 displays the input power frequency with Frequency Hz and the number 12 Page2 displays the total number of indoor units 13 Page3 displays the temperature symbolic T3 TEMP C T3 and the number 14 Page4 displays the temperature symbolic T4 TEMP C T4 and the number 15 Page5 displays the temperature symbolic T6 TEMP C T6 and the number 16 Page6 displays the discharge temperature of compressor symbolic C1with TEMP C C1 and the number 17 Page7 displays the discharge temperature of compressor symbolic C2 with TEMP C C2 and the number 18 Page8 displays the discharge temperature of compressor symbolic C3 with TEMP C C3 and the number 19 Page9 displays the compressor current symbolic 1 with CURR
116. Midea produced the No1 MDV in Air conditioning industry In 2002 Midea developed the No 1 AC Inverter VRF MDV and the No1 D series MDV in China In 2003 Midea completed the 2 D series and 2 V series MDV In 2005 Midea cooperated with Hitachi produced the No 1 module s AC Inverter V3 and digital scroll D3 In 2005 Midea cooperated with IR Company founded united lab In 2008 Midea launched out the MDV4 which is the R410A DC Inverter VRF and Modular design also In 2010 the new MDV4 was on sale which owns the entirely DC Inverter technology and new low noise technology In 2012 the V4 Plus K series on sale with the largest capacity up to 72HP 2 DC Inverter V4 K Series Introduction 2 1 Free combination The World s Largest Capacity 72HP V4 K series achieved world s largest capacity of 72HP by combining maximum 4 outdoor units with 6 different capacities 8 10 12 14 16 and 18HP and 64 indoor units can be connected max 2 2 High efficiency and Energy saving V4 K Series realized the industry s top class energy efficiency with cooling and heating COP by adoption of Brushless Reluctance DC compressor control DC Fan motor and improved heat exchanger performance with a new design 2 2 1 High efficiency DC inverter compressor saving power 2596 New structure enhanced mid frequency performance R410A special new scroll tooth like form 1 DC adjustable By compact design weight reduces 50 E idc 25 electri
117. O aN O O N CH N milis aN O on C1 E 3 e co no DN oo O O CH C1 C1 aN oo ul l E O MAS IB aN N S E co NI CO CO oO N 00 GO CO s ser 876 2869 907 2860 sso 2857 955 2857 970 2857 1002 o o7 sw 0 3714 103 ros 1058 97 03 109 8708 1082 9585 1061 s 22 412 104 4000 1065 4000 1087 9088 1098 ses 1050 9585 956 5 4 4e tosa a214 1085 tsi 1074 9088 1081 2857 900 9585 908 7 s zs 1082 ss 1000 Masio soss oso 2857 031 9585 859 s 7s 4655 100 4093 1024 si 949 0088 012 2857 ero 9585 806 Cun ss 4555 1030 a398 ses a181 aca ange eso 2857 e2s 3595 760 Specification and e MCAC VTSM 2012 09 19 8 23 93 8 17 23 81 8 51 23 81 8 86 23 69 9 04 23 69 9 20 23 57 9 55 ss 2069 026 2857 oss 2057 ess 2857 098 2845 1012 2845 1040 8 5 9 1 30 00 9 49 29 88 9 77 29 88 10 04 29 88 10 18 29 76 10 32 29 76 10 59 o o7 so 1047 aro 1069 9690 1092 3631 1074 3512 1030 3274 944 7 s i4 sess os Pssst ses 0512 601 se74 765 s 7s 4226 ore sess 012 sso sas 35r amp o 9612 788 s274 722 n ss 4226 921 sess sse sso 799 sea 768 3512 139 3274 682 35 87 425 e16 sees 762 sso 710 9691 amp e 3512 659 3274 6
118. Test Running and commissioning Run the indoor units one by one to check whether any pipe or cable is incorrectly installed Delivering operation instructions sees Deliver related materials while providing operation instruction to the user Note The general procedure for refrigerant machine is subject to change according to the situation 1 3 2 Install indoor unit s procedure Confirm installation position Label installation position Install hooks bh Install indoor units Note 1 The hook must strong enough to sustain the weight of indoor unit 2 Check the models of indoor units before installation 3 Pay attention to the main devices such as the pipeline 4 Hold enough places for maintenance 1 3 3 Refrigerant pipe procedure Install indoor units Install pipe Add Nitrogen Installation 11 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 3 4 Drainage pipe procedure Install indoor units Connect drainpipe Check water leakage Drainpipe heat insulation and test run Note It is no need to insulate the drainpipe if you choose the plastic pipe as drainpipe 1 3 5 Electric wiring 1 3 5 1 Please select power supply for indoor unit and outdoor unit separately Both indoor units and outdoor units should be grounded well 1 3 5 2 The power supply should have specified branch circuit with leakage protector and manual switch 1 3 5 3 Please put the connective wiring system between indoor unit and outdoor unit
119. The highest point of drainage pipe shall be designed with air hole to ensure that condensate water could be discharged smoothly The outlet air hole shall face down to prevent dirt entering pipe 5 After finishing connection conduct water passing test and overflowing water test to pipelines to check the smoothness of drainage and leakage of pipeline system 6 Use specific glue to adhesive the seam of thermal insulation materials and then bind with rubber or Installation 39 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation plastics adhesive tape The width of the adhesive tape shall not be less than 50mm to ensure fastness and prevent condensation 7 The drainage pipe of air conditioner shall be installed separately with other waste pipe rainwater pipe and other drainage pipe in building 8 The slope of drainage pipe shall be kept above 1 100 aim above 1 100 X 9 n case 1 100 slope can not need consider to use larger sized pipe and use its dia to create slope 10 Conflux towards horizontal pipe shall come from upside as much as possible If it comes from transverse route reflux is easy to be created 11 The end of drainage pipe shall not contact with ground directly indoor unit air main pipe 4 1 3 Caution 1 The drainage pipe diameter shall meet the draining requirement of indoor unit 2 The outlet air vent cannot be installed nearby the lifting pump of the indoor unit 3 Check whether condensate
120. Vi NN NN S Type Wall mounted Vi NN NN C Type Wall mounted Do Console Concealed Floor standin Exposed Floor standin y y y N y A gl g Exposed Floor standin y y y N y al N g New panel Fresh Air processing a y d Unit General Information 11 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz 6 External Appearance and model names of Indoor Units External Appearance One way cassette Compact four way cassette Low Static Pressure Duct 711 112 Model 140 160 Model High Static Pressure Duct High Static Pressure Duct 12 MDV D28Q1 N1 C MDV D36Q1 N1 C MDV D45Q1 N1 C MDV D56Q1 N1 C MDV D71Q1 N1 C MDV D22Q4 N1 A3 MDV D28Q4 N1 A3 MDV D36Q4 N1 A3 MDV D45Q4 N1 A3 MDV D18T3 N1 B MDV D22T3 N1 B MDV D28T3 N1 B MDV D36T3 N1 B MDV D45T3 N1 B MDV D56T3 N1 B MDV D71T1 N1 B MDV D80T1 N1 B MDV D90T1 N1 B MDV D112T1 N1 B MDV D140T1 N1 B MDV D160T1 N1 B MDV D400T 1 N1 B MDV D450T1 N1 B MDV D560T1 N1 B Four way Cassette Type Concealed Duct Unit A5 Type High Static Pressure Duct Ceiling amp Floor MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Model Name External Appearance Model Name PS Two way cassette MDV D22Q2 N1 MDV D28Q2 N1 MDV D36Q2 N1 MDV D45Q2 N1 MDV D56Q2 N1 MDV D28Q4 N1 D MDV D36Q4 N1 D MDV D45Q4 N1 D MDV D56Q4 N1 D MDV D71Q4 N1 D MDV D80Q4 N1 D MDV D90Q4 N1 D MDV D100Q4 N1 D MDV D112Q4 N1 D MDV D140Q4 N1 D MDV D22T2 N1X BA5 MDV D28T2 N1X BA5 MDV D36T2 N1X BA5 MDV D45T2 N1X
121. a recovers at 0 3 MPa 1 Refrigerant is not enough or the Add refrigerant or system leaks refrigerant fixup the system system s gas side is blocked Phenomenon may be discharge temperature is high low Clear away the pressure is low current is small These are block caused by closed EXV valve closed stop valve or blocked filter Clean the filter If the system is block by ice the system should also be clean Heat exchanger of IDU 1s inefficient which Check the system over and eliminate the obstacles may be caused by the dirty exchanger or filter block ot air flow the fan not running orrunning too slowly Chip is defective or incorrectly installed Or the low pressure sensor 1s disconnected Main control board is defective Reinstall the chip or replace it with a fine one Replace the main control board Remarks When system appear 3 times P2 protection in 30 minutes system will auto shut down and display H5 malfunction which can recover only by restarting the machine Malfunction should be promptly treated to avoid further damage Troubleshooting 25 Troubleshooting 3 17 P3 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 26 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Inv compressor over current protection P3 ODU displays P3 Load on ODU is excess Outdoor heat exchanging is not ef
122. ace the fan s motor The power module of the fan 1s abnormal Replace the corresponding power module Fan module is defective Replace the fan module Remarks If P9 occurs 3 times in 30 minutes system will auto shut down and display H9 malfunction which can recover only by restarting the machine At this time malfunction should be promptly treated to avoid further damage 38 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting avoid further damage Troubleshooting 39 Troubleshooting 3 22 P9 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2011 09 Fan module protection P9 ODU displays P9 Only V4 series system would display this code Control box is too hot Fan is blocked or is defective or is not powered correctly Signal line is loose Fan module is defective a m P9 Fan module protection Power lines Control box 1s too hot or the heat exchange of fan module is inefficient Check the temperature or move the heatsink s ODU to a cooler place and signal Check the lines and fasten lines of the fan module is their terminal defective The fan s motor is blocked Clear away the block or or defective replace the fan s motor The power module of the fan 1s abnormal Replace the corresponding power module Fan module is defective Replace the fan module Remarks If P9 occurs 3 ti
123. allation Function of water storing elbow When indoor unit is in motion prevent generating negative pressure to cause drainage difficulty or blow water out of the air outlet Installation of water storing elbow 1 Install water storing elbow as shown in following figure H shall be above 50mm 2 Install one water storing elbow for each unit 3 When installation consider it shall be convenient in future clean indoor unit 25 j plug 7 ium 4 3 Concentrated Drainage Pipe 4 3 1 Pipeline diameter of concentrated drainage pipe Select drainage pipe diameter according to indoor unit s combined flow volume E g If one 1HP unit with 2L h discharging condensate water the calculation of the combined flow volume of three 2HP units and two 1 5HP units is 2HP x 2L h x 3 1 5HP x 2L h x 2 18L 4 3 2 Relation between horizontal pipeline diameter and permitted displacement of condensate water Inner diameter of Inner Permitted displacement l h PVC piping piping reference diameter of Remark value mm piping mm slope 1 50 Slope 1 100 Reference value could not used for confluence pipe Could be used for confluence pipe Attention through converge point need use PVC40 or larger pipe 4 3 3 Relation between vertical pipeline diameter and displacement of condensate water w es da Inner diameter of Permitted PVC piping piping reference x Remark ne piping mm displacement l h value mm could no
124. anch box Depend on the total horsepower Total Manual Fuse A Total Manual Fuse A liada Switch A iaa Switch A 12 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 63 50 1 5 5 Indoor unit power wiring selection Indoor unit power Creepage protector Manual switch Branch box Indoor unit al hd hd hd Ld LI L4 hd D D DD O DD eb E E 2 s s n S KD Ep YD YD DO D Note 1 Set refrigerant piping system signal wires between indoor indoor unit and that between outdoor outdoor units into one system 2 Please do not put the signal wire and power wire in the same wire tube keep distance between the two tubes Current capacity of power supply less than 10A 300mm less than 50A 500mm 3 Make sure to set address of outdoor unit in case of parallel multi outdoor units Electric and Control System 13 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 Control System 2 1 Control System Introduction 2 1 1 Connecting highlights of control line RS 485 communication 1 The control line should be shielded wire Using other wiring shall create signal interference thus leading to error operation 2 The shielded nets at the two sides of shielded wires are either grounded to the earth or connected with each other and jointed to the sheet metal along to the earth 3 Control wire could not be bound together with refrigerant pipeline and power wire When power wire and control wir
125. and Control System e ep L Under the main interface Pa ech Enn 1 Press Pregram to enterthe setting status interface of single air conditioner pressthe button repeatedly to select Single and All alternately displaying Set if select sigle press a toselect one Ld J EE A p Rt ee mn mg rie ge zeg Press contm to select air conditionerto J Press cancerjto cancel the selection and gt the next step return tothe last step Md 2 Selecting All indicatesto set the weekly timer parameters of all air conditioners and All is displayed Selecting Single displaysthe address ofthe air conditioner for example if the air conditioner whose addressisi2isselected 12 isdisplayed m Press cancel to cancel the selection and y return ta the last step e ress cennm to selectthe day ofthe weel to the next step 4 Setthe parameter of period 1 including shutdown time startup time running made Fan speed andtemperature First of all set the startup and shutdowntime Press lt 1 gt toselectthe startup time and shutdown time Dress Add Reduce to modify the startup and shutdown tire Press Cancel to cancel the setof period 1 and return to the last step 7 Pre ss Sonar tosavethe parameter ofthe period 1 to the next step Press Cancel to cancel the setof period 1 and return tothe last st
126. and check 1 Drawing check Confirm the specification model and installation direction of the set 2 Height Ensure that it closely fits the ceiling 3 Suspension strength The suspension road shall be strong enough to bear the weight twice of the indoor unit to ensure that no abnormal vibration or noise is generated when the set is running 4 When installing the indoor unit ensure that sufficient space is available for installing condensate water pipe 5 Horizontal degree It shall be kept within 1 Purpose Ensure smooth drainage of condensate water Also ensure stability of the machine body to induce the risks caused by vibration and noise Hidden trouble of incorrect operation a Water leakage b Abnormal vibration and noise 6 Ensure sufficient maintenance amp upkeep is available keep a large enough maintenance hole typically 400x400mm 7 Avoid short circuit ventilation Purpose Ensure sufficient heat exchange of indoor unit and good air conditioning effect Risk of incorrect operation Poor air conditioning effect abnormal protection of the set Check hole E box Diffuser 2 2 Installation of Outdoor Unit 2 2 1 Acceptance and unpacking 1 After the machine arrives check whether it is damaged during the shipment If the surface or inner side of the machine is damaged submit a written report to the shipping company 2 Check whether the model specification and quantity of the equipment conform to the cont
127. as follows Assuming the indoor unit type is duct Location Roma Rooms fent RoomD ReomE Set pep enn 2a 29 ar 4a eo 75 2 3 Outdoor unit selection 2 3 1 Assume the indoor unit and outdoor unit combination as follows 2 3 1 1 Calculate the total nominal capacity of indoor units in the combination according to the above table 2 2 x 1 2 8 x 1 3 6 x 1 44 5 x 1 5 6 x 147 1 x 1 2 2b5 8kW 2 3 1 2 Select outdoor unit MDV 280 10 W DRN 1 B which has nominal cooling capacity 28kW Calculate the proportion between and 2 258 280 92 2 3 2 Result Because the proportion is within 50 130 it is a Right selection 2 3 3 Real function data with indoor unit combination e For the 92 combination calculate the cooling capacity of outdoor unit MDV 280 10 W DRN1 B 26 65KW 909 Indoor temperature WB 20 C Outdoor temperature DB 35 C 29 61KW lt 100 Indoor temperature WB 20 C Outdoor temperature DB 35 C Then calculated the outdoor capacity in 92 combination index Therefore 26 654 29 61 26 65 10 x2 27 24 e Outdoor unit MDV 280 10 W DRN1 C cooling temperature DB 35 C e Capacity modification coefficient with pipe length 50m and height difference 30m 0 958 e Each indoor unit cooling capacity MDV D22T2 27 24 x 22 258 x 0 958 2 22 kW MDV D28T2 27 24 x 28 258 x0 958 2 83 kW MDV D36T2 27 24 x 36 258 x0 958 3 64 kW MDV D45T2 27 24 x 45 258 x0 958 4 55 kW MDV D56T2 2
128. ave outdoor units he communication connecting indoor unit to outdoor unit indoor unit indoor unit gu ER Kee E A wire controller the wiring connecting indoor unit l to wire controller Note 1 The signal connecting line between outdoor units indoor and outdoor units and indoor units has polarity When connecting be careful to prevent error connection 2 Signal wire shall adopt three core shielded wire with the dia no less than 0 75m 3 The signal wire of indoor unit and outdoor unit must only connect to the prime outdoor unit 4 Do not bind signal wire and copper pipe together with belting 1 Correct connection Electric and Control System 15 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit The shield wire connects to earthing of electric board 2 Typical wrong connection a Loop connection of signal wire Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit b Star connection of signal wire e Star connection of part signal wires Outdoor Und Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit e Star connection of all signal wires Qutdoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit c Reverse connection of signal wire e Outdoor unit indoor unit Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit e 14 Daa Pura Daa EE Wi _ NTI TI TED f fi It is inverted P and Q have polarity e Indoor unit indoor unit
129. blish a steady network the following should be noted B The signal wire should be 3 core shielded wire and the wire should be provided by licensed electricians Electric and Control System 83 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System B To make signal transmission steady and to protect the facilities the signal transmission wires should not be near to the power line An interval of 300mm 500mm should exist between these two kinds of wires B The signal wire of each network should be less than 1 200m B The unit and the centralized controller should be connected hand in hand which means that all the units same port should be connected to a 3 core wire and the signal wire should be linear in topology Or else the facilities could not work normally 2 4 5 2 Description Name and Functions Liquid Crystal Display Isti UMOFF soucamen TM MM TUE NER DN HAT nia d 1 i cl m m Es i CO G9 O G2 G9 G9 GS e OG ss DThe current time and date display Display the date and the time DOperation lock display Display whether the item is locked or not SDisplays water heater area Display the working status of the water heater Displays event content settings Display the content of the schedule Displays operating status of the air conditioner Display whether the air conditioner is running LCD will be illuminated when the corresponding unit is running or flash slowly if it is not Timing sequence Display the ti
130. button to start the query function Then press the PREVOIS and NEXT buttons to select the outdoor unit that we want to check Press the PAGE UP button 15 times to display the corresponding outdoor unit s error code or 16 times to display the protection code 82 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 5 Wire controller KJRF 180A MBT E and KJRF 180A1 MBT E The only difference between KJRF 180A MBT E and KJRF 180A1 MBT E is their cabinet s shape Their controlling functions are totally the same Newly designed centralized controller with graceful appearance gt Able to centralized control up to 16 indoor units which group can contain 1 fresh air indoor unit Able to control the heat pump water heater 2 4 5 1 System configure With KJRF 180A MBT E we are able to centrally control up to 16 indoor air conditioner units and 1 heat pump water heater When the centralized control function works it acts like the MD CCMO9 KJRF 180A MBT E and KJRF 180A1 MBT E are unable to connect the indoor units to the PC or BMS These 2 ways for the centralized controller to connect the indoors units are both available 1 way Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit X Y E POE a hant p A Z Water heater Central controller 2 way Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit X Y E P Q E Water heater Central controller To esta
131. c and Control System Connecting diagram for air conditioning system with central network 2 4 2 4 How to use 1 How to set the running status of the air conditioner m m m U nder the main interface 1 Press Set to enterthe setting status interface of single air conditioner Press the button repeatedlyto select Single and All alternately display Set If you select Single press A to select one LA JL V ILE 2 Selecting All indicates to setthe running status ofall air conditioners and All is displayed Selecting Single displays the address ofthe air conditioner for example ifthe air conditioner whose addressis 121s selected 12 is displayed 3 Press Mode to select running mode automatic cooling heating air supply dehumidification or shutdown If you select Shutdown mode pre SS Contirm tO send shutdown command finishing shutdown setting Electric and Control System 63 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 4 If you selectthe cooling orheating mode press Add Reduce to adjust the temperature the scope is within 17 30 degree Notemperature adjustment for other modes 2 Press Fan jto regulate wind speed which can be selected among automatic speed low speed middle speed and high speed 6 Press Swing to openorclose swing 7 Press centirm to save the above setting and send to the corresponding air conditioner fi
132. c fee Elaborate design compressor magnet arrange than AC magnet flux more centralizing adjustable speed Adopt advanced technical DC Inv motor motor including thulium Nd need not additional current The A C load ratio of building is 30 75 the area use ratio is 55 most of the A C runs in the mid load so the mid load operation ratio control the whole year AC running charge Centralizing winding Distributing winding 2 General Information MCAC VTSM 2012 09 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz Compressor efficiency B New DC motor centralized winding e ll Common DC motor distributing winding p Rotor speed s 20 40 60 80 100 Efficiency Rotor Speed Curve Smooth sine wave DC Inverter Motor uses 180 sine wave vector drive technology to ensure transducer to output smooth curve which show motor rotor speed to run smooth While common frequency motor outputs sawtooth wave not to precisely show motor speed so its efficiency is low Common sawtooth wave Sine Wave DC inverter emm mmm EE 12 14 16 18HP units adopt a high capacity DC inverter compressor and a fixed compressor combination SHP amp 10HP units adopt only
133. ch F AT Ma Branch box Outdoor unit Electric and Control System 11 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Power facilities 1 Outdoor unit with leakage protector Outdoor unit PS X Outdoor uni protector GND GND Manual switch a gw Outdoor unit b m d Outdoor unit Branch box Xx IN Outdoor unit Outdoor unit GND GND GND Power facilities 2 with leakage protector JD Qp ui Qp P QU GND 2 1 Select the wire diameter refer to the following table 2 unit mm Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor unit mE unit unit capacity capacity capacity 8 48 10 50 12 52 96 98 60 62 64 16 18 20 22 24 26 Power wiring refers to the main wire a connecting to branch box and the wiring b between branch box and power facilities Please select the wire diameter according to the following requirement Diameter of main wire a Depends on the total horsepower of outdoor unit and the above table E g In system 8Hpx1unit 8Hpx1unit 10Hpx1unit total Ho 26Hp refer to the above table size of wire 35 mm within 50m Diameter of wiring b between branch box and power equipment Depend on the total horsepower of downward outdoor unit and the above table E g In system 8Hpx1unit 8Hpx 1unit 10Hpx 1unit total Hp 26Hp gt refer to the above table size of wire 35mm within 50m 2 2 Select the capacity of manual switch and fuse of the br
134. ch rd SN SC S Su SAN 3 A EO sa E k n SS x Aug NS M NN SY Za gt Yi SA AN T gt G i ER TH NX A LY ri NS a P Iw A a WS nz e LII We LIT 5 RET ee mih d MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance A DESEN Ur C gt i CT 2x G22 40 ae 2x 643 5 PRIO E 185 TS S gt 5 ue Kee A J Rem nr Ico NIN J 7 O 0 a SS rod B 200 al B40 960 Liquid side The connected pipe diameter 12 7 Gauge point Detect the pressure Refrigerant replenishment Oil balancer For parallel connect the modular units Gas side The connected pipe diameter 25 4 CH Ed S EH iin 195 Position of Foot screw bolt Unit mm B Mam AAA Ee DENS AAA as c5 1a l l E m geg T n AA m qu o Specification and performance 2 2 12HP 14HP 16HP Combinable Dimensions C O Co Co Va aa jae eee EE e 5 E rr 3 KH AQ Y NP E LT IL dc MCAC VTSM 2012 09 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance EH d ha Sg Ab Ala NY SY RT Ca eee Eh LH j THE
135. controlled by the central controller 3 Query key Press the Query button to query the running condition of the air conditioner such as on of off temperature setting indoor temperature fan speed and running mode Press direction keys to select the air conditioner that you want to query 4 Up Down Left Right keys Direction keys When querying or setting the indoor units press these four keys to select the indoor units that we need to set or queried When setting the weekly timer it is used for selecting the day of the week and the time of startup and shutdown 5 Add key When querying the indoor unit press the Add button to query more parameter of the indoor unit When setting the indoor unit it is for adjust the setting temperature When setting the weekly timer it is for adjust the time of startup and shutdown 6 Reduce key When querying the indoor unit press the Reduce button to query more parameter of the indoor unit When setting the indoor unit it is for modifying the setting temperature When setting the weekly timer it is for modifying the time of startup and shutdown 7 Mode key 60 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System When setting the indoor unit it is used for setting the running mode of the indoor unit which includes Automation Cooling Heating Fan mode Dry and shutting down 8 Fan key When setting the indoor unit it is for setting the wind speed of the indoor
136. controller KJR 12B DPBG T E KJR 90A All basic function is the same as KJR 10B DP T E To avoid mode confliction running mode is fixed to cool mode PER other functions are the same as KJR 90A 2nd generation central control monitor of indoor unit Add mode lock big screen appearance blue back light display and mode memory function based on MD CCMO1 E The weekly central controller of indoor unit Control Max 64 MD CCMO9 E indoor units and possess week schedule function but cannot connect network control system Central control New general controller of indoor unit It is only switch which monitor obt wf one KJR 90B M cannot change special mode but it can simultaneously switch t max 16 indoor units MD CCMO2 E The central control monitor of outdoor unit Monitor max 32 outdoor units 18 Electric and Control System Based on the KJR 12B DP T E and designed with backlight MD CCMOS E M MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Building gateway Network control software New Intelligent Manager of Midea Hotel card inserte r assy Digital ammeter Infrared sensor Electric and Control System 19 KJRF 180A MBT E KJR 31B E MD CCMO7 E e MD CCM08 E Gateway 01 E New intelligent manager of midea MD NIMOS E DTS634 DT636 MD NIMO9 E Electric and Control System Be able to control up 16 indoor units and a water heater including one fresh air unit Be able to lock up to 64 indoor units running mode
137. ct faulty unit to check whether Troubleshooting 19 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 14 PO The sensor protection on the top of inv Compressor Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 20 PO One ODU displays PO and changes to protecting standby state Refrigerant is not enough Efficiency of outdoor heat exchange is low Refrigerant does not loops smoothly Control board is defective m o5 om Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting System s refrigerant is not enough or system System s refrigerant is not enough leaks refrigerant Clean the heat exchanger and the filter Make sure that the air flows through exchanger Heat exchanger of IDU is inefficient Refrigerant evaporates incompletely and smoothly flow into compressor at liquid tate System s low pressure loop is Usually the block attaches at the filter blocked or the tube is pressed which cause low pressure turn to too low current turn l Clean the filter If the filter is blocked by ice the system smaller and tube be frosted should be clean System contains nitrogen and air which may cause large Vacuumize the system and current high pressure recharge the refrigerant If oil pressure meter does not stay leaks during this procedure steady add oil to the system Reinstalled the chip and replace it with a fine one Chi
138. ct to change without notice for product improvement General Information 13 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz 7 Nomenclature 7 1 Outdoor unit MDV 252 8 W D R N1 i C 7 2 Indoor unit MDV D 28 Z DDNIA 14 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Design Serial Number C K Series i Individual Module Omit Combinable Module Refrigerant type N1 R410A Omit for R22 Power Supply R 380 415V 50Hz 3N Inverter Type D DC Inverter Omit for AC Inverter Outdoor Unit Rated Capacity HP only for combinable type Cooling Capacity xX 100W Midea VRF Design Serial Number amp Improved code Such as A1 A2 B1 B2 C D etc Refrigerant type N1 R410A Omit for R22 Electrical Auxiliary Heater D with EAH Omit for without EAH Motor Type D DC Fan Motor Omit for AC fan Motor Indoor Unit Structural category Q4 Standard four way cassette Q4 A Compact four way cassette Q2 Two way cassette T1 High Static Pressure Unit T2 Middle Static Pressure Unit such as T2 A3 T2 A5 T3 Low Static Pressure Unit DL Ceiling amp Floor Type G Wall mounted Type such as G S G C etc Z Floor Standing Z F4 Z F5 Exposed Z F3 Concealed Cooling Capacity xX 100W VRF Indoor Unit Midea VRF General Information MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Selection Procedure Part 2 Selection Procedure 1 Introduction e eee eren rennen enne nenne nena 2 2 Unit selection Based on cooling load
139. culated 2 In a situation where metal parts to be pre installed is not allowed use expansion bolts while ensuring sufficient load bearing capacity Caution The above figure is for reference only It is not recommended to dig holes on either the beam or the shear wall If such operation is indeed needed please consult the property owner or manager and the civil work sector and get written approval from the competent authority 1 4 7 Warning 1 Be sure only trained and qualified service personnel to install repair or service the equipment Improper installation repair and maintenance may result in electric shocks short circuit leaks fire or other damage to the equipment 2 Install according to this installation instructions strictly If installation is defective it will cause water leakage electrical shock fire 3 When installing the unit in a small room take measures against to keep refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety limits in the event of refrigerant leakage Contact the place of purchase for more information Excessive refrigerant in a closed ambient can lead to oxygen deficiency 4 Use the attached accessories parts and specified parts for installation otherwise it will cause the set to fall water leakage electrical shock fire 5 Install at a strong and firm location which is able to withstand the set s weight If the strength is not enough or installation is not properly done the set will
140. drop to cause injury 6 The appliance must be installed 2 5m above floor 7 The appliance shall not be installed in the laundry 8 Before obtaining access to terminals all supply circuits must be disconnected 9 The appliance must be positioned so that the plug is accessible 10 The enclosure of the appliance shall be marked by word or by symbols with the direction of the fluid flow 11 For electrical work follow the local national wiring standard regulation and installation instruction An independent circuit and single outlet must be used If electrical circuit capacity is not enough or defect in electrical work it will cause electrical shock fire 12 Use the specified cable and connect tightly and clamp the cable so that no external force will be acted on the terminal If connection or fixing is not perfect it will cause heat up or fire at the connection 13 Wiring routing must be properly arranged so that control board cover is fixed properly If control board cover is not fixed perfectly it will cause heat up at connection point of terminal fire or electrical shock 14 If the supply cord is damaged it must be replaced by the manufacture or its service agent or similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard 15 An all pole disconnection switch having a contract separation of at least 3mm in poles should be connected in fixed wiring 16 When carrying out piping connection take care not to let air sub
141. e Cooling mode T NN VT S D PP Heating mode only II Electric auxiliary heating Cooling mode only Lock keyboard Set mode NL Query mode e Operating result Query pr unsuccess Weekly Titer Off Weekly timer off All units are selected E em Protect Protection code follows 1 Wireless controller lock ne ni Temp of the middle of Temp of the outlet of the 28 evaporator TB condenser Hon m i Saturday a Sunday Sat ey Sum Display panel indications Electric and Control System 57 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Sixty one indoor units are on line 08 08 10 11 24 28 s zz zs jejs s e spm se bslsclsl ele ee P POA Oe Date A The on line condition of the indoor unit 1 The main interface of the weekly timer central controller user interface Under the other pages press CANCEL to return to the main interface Under the other pages automatically return to the main interface when no operation for a period of time The main interface displays the on line condition of the indoor unit Sixty one indoor units are on line po em f d Onl ine The on line conditionof the indoorunit 2 Setting interface of single weekly timer central controller Under the main interface press to select to the single setting interface Automatically return to the main interface when no operation for a period of time Set t
142. e is distributed in parallel form keep gap between them above 300mm so as to preventing signal interference 4 Control wire could not form closed loop 5 Control wire has polarity so be careful when connecting 2 1 2 Selection of control wire specification The ordinary shielded wire includes AVP Copper core PVC insulation shielded wire RVVP PVC insulation shielded PVC sheath flexible wire RVVP1 PVC insulation entangled shielded PVC sheath flexible wire 2 1 3 Signal wire of indoor outdoor units outdoor unit outdoor unit prime slave slave slave all shielded point of the shielded wiring connects to the ground wiring of the electrical control box Logg PQE WM le HI H2 E H1 H2 E H1 H2 EY H1 H2 E the communication between outdoor units the shielded section connection to the shielded wiring th P Q E 1 i FE p th pH th tt e communication connecting indoor unit Eus ES LA LA ES gt LA Es to outdoor unit t II es ri the P and Q ports of the end unitadded matched resistance i the indoor unit s assy enclosure the matched resistance group control open AR EOE RR RR oe RS e SW Note Put the last indoor unit SW7 to ON position gt M 12 14 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System E g refer to the following example power 380V 3M SOHz L1 L2 L3 H outdoor unet prime outdoor unit sl
143. e sound of refrigerant flowing or discharging water gathered by dehumidifying 1 2 Outdoor units send out the noise of pupu for temperature changes to heat exchanger heat expanded or cool compact 1 3 Indoor units send out odor smell because it absorbs the smell of house furniture or smoking 1 4 The running light of indoor unit flickers the reasons are generally as follows 1 Power supply ever failed during running period 2 For 1 to several the following induces the director lighting and the operation stopping 1 Other indoor units running at heating mode induce to this indoor unit cannot run at cooling mode 2 Setting mode conflicts with the fixed mode 3 Stop fan to prevent discharging cool air 1 5 The no priority or waiting director light of operation board lights 1 6 Auto running or stopping for the timer wrong operation 1 7 Cannot run the reasons are as follows D Power is off 2 Manual switch is pulled to off side 3 Fuse is cut 4 Protect device starts at the same time running director lights 5 Timer s setting time is over at the time running director lights 1 8 Heating or cooling is inefficient D Filter is block by duct or rubbish 2 The place of air deflector is unfit 3 Fan mode is slight or running mode is fan 4 Setting temperature is unfit 5 Simultaneously choose the heating and cooling mode at the time the no priority or waiting director light of panel lights 2 Tr
144. e summary 2 2 3 2 LCD display indications Transmitting display OC Time G Lock Can speed Y Economic operation Temp Display the setting temperature 2 Transmitting display This indicates that the remote controller is sending data 3 ON OFF This indicates that the machine is on 8 24 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 4 Running mode This indicates the machine s running mode Heating mode need the corresponding type of unit 5 Time Display the current time User could press the CLOCK button for 5s to make this flash then user could adjust the time by using the A and Y buttons Once time is right press the OK button to confirm it Lock When displayed all the button is ineffective except the lock button Timer ON OFF This indicates the timer is working or not Economic operation Indicates that whether the machine is working at the economic operation 9 Fan speed Shows the indoor unit s fan speed The longer it s displayed the stronger the wind blows Note RM05 BG T E A is able to set the indoor units addresses individually The details please refer to the summary Electric and Control System 25 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 2 3 Wireless remote controller R06 BGE R06 BGCE The ROG BGE function is the same as RO5 BGE and only the appearance is different 1 Operating Mode AUTO COOL
145. e with indoor and outdoor unit have been connected to the same refrigeration system Otherwise operation troubles shall happen 2 Power voltage is within 10 of rated voltage 3 Check and confirm that the power wire and control wire are correctly connected 4 Check whether wire controller is properly connected 5 Before powering on confirm there is no short circuit to each line 6 Check whether all units have passed nitrogen pressure keeping test for 24 hours with R410A 40kg cm 7 Confirm whether the system to Commissioning has been carried out vacuum drying and packed with refrigeration as required 8 1 2 Preparation before Commissioning 1 Calculating the additional refrigerant quantity for each set of unit according to the actual length of liquid pipe 2 Keep required refrigerant ready 3 Keep system plan system piping diagram and control wiring diagram ready 4 Record the setting address code on the system plan 5 Turn on power switches outdoor unit in advance and keep connected for above 12 hours so that heater heating up refrigerant oil in compressor 6 Turn on gas pipe stop valve liquid pipe stop valve oil balance valve and gas balance valve totally If the above valves do not be turned on totally the unit should be damaged 7 Check whether the power phase sequence of outdoor unit is correct 8 All dial switches to indoor and outdoor unit have been set according to the Technical Requirement of Product Note
146. eatment Pipe Diameter mm Less than 20 620 40 Larger than 40 3 Local fixing To avoid stress concentration due to expansion and shrinkage of the pipe it is usually required to conduct local fixing beside the wall through holes of the branch pipe and end pipe 3 1 1 4 Requirements for installing branch pipe subassembly When laying the branch pipe subassembly pay attention to the following 1 Do not replace branch pipe with tee pipe 2 Follow the construction drawing and installation instructions to confirm the models of branch pipe subassembly as well as the diameters of main pipe and branch pipe 3 Neither sharp bend an angle of 90 nor connection to other branch pipe subassembly is allowed at places within 500mm away from the branch pipe subassembly 4 Try best to install the branch pipe subassembly at a place that facilitates welding if doing so is impossible it is recommended to prefabricate the subassembly 5 Install vertical or horizontal branch joint and ensure that the horizontal angle is within 10 Refer to the right side picture U shaped branching pipe A direction view Wrong Correct K e y Horizontal surface Installation 25 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 7 To ensure even diversion of refrigerant pay attention to the distance between the branch pipe subassembly and the horizontal straight pipe a Ensure that the distance between the bending point of copper pipe and the horizontal straight
147. ector control ensures oil distribution among the modules to compressor smooth and reliable running When one compressor s oil is overfull oil balance pipes and outlet pipes both send the oil to system and then system in average distributes the oil to the other compressors General Information MCAC VTSM 2012 09 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz Oil balance diagram Refrigerant flow direction Enter condenser Oil separator Oil even pipe II Cil balance pipe between modules edid ebieuosiq Oil even pipe Adopts high efficient centrifugal type oil separator which separate the oil from discharged refrigerant with up to 9996 effect to make all the lubricant discharged from compressor can be returned in time New designed low pressure liquid receiver with ccooccccccocnnnononnnonacononaconocanononaccnnonacnnonacanonanoss high efficiency of oil return effect Suction pipe F Oil balance ensures sufficient refrigerant lubricant supply Elaborately designed oil return D Di h hole which ensure reliable oil return for every ISpnargo PIPE compressor Oil even pipe Oil basin 2 5 5 Oil return technology M XX Centrifugal oil separator can be up to over 99 separating efficiency which in time and efficiently send the oil to compressors to ensure compressor oil volume System auto back oil design can complete through PC core send oil back instruction by system running
148. el MDV 400 14 W DRN1 C MDV 450 16 W DRN1 C Power supply V Ph Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz Model E E655DHD 65D2YG E655DHD 65D2YG 1 1 DC Inverter compressor Quantities WEG NENNEN MEN Type DC Inverter DC Inverter Brand W 31590 Crankcase Model Quantities ow oom no E T n A JL Preise Fixed scroll Brand o Hitachi Hitch LAW EMT Type Fixed scroll Fixed scroll Capacity 15390 17100 5130 5740 Power supply V Ph Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz Fixed scroll Input compressor W JL E6o5DHS59D2YG IT E655DH 65D2YG GC W W A Thermal protector type Inner Inner SEELEN EEN swns O o e ECH W Output 560 380 560 380 A 3 6 2 94 3 6 2 94 Rated current Speed r min 800 1060 800 1060 KE O a Dimension Dia xH 560 189 560 189 Eoo 2 EC Number of rows Outdoor coil Tube pitch a x row pitch b 22x19 05 22x19 05 4 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance Fin type code Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum Tube we di weed Cor grooved numero ets T 2 2 20 40 optional 20 40 optional sa 9 gt o Dimensione I S T The farthest pipe length actual The farthest pipe length equivalent on a The farthest equivalent pipe length from the 1st distributor 40 90 40 90 Refrigerant piping 55 Max Vertical pipe length When 70 70 outdoor units is top Max Vertical pipe length When o
149. ep AA Press conmm to save the parameter ofthe period 1 to the next step i Continually shut down the timer during periods 2 3 4 according tothe above operation Finish setting 8 How to query the weekly timer setting parameter of the air conditioner Electric and Control System 67 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 1 Press and hold Query then press Program in two second to enter the query status of single air conditioner Press A toselectthe air conditionerthat needs to be queried CEA an Press contrm to select air conditionerto i q Press cancei to cancelthe selection and the next step Sch C returntothe last step n ress contirm to select the day ofthe week tothe next step Press Cancel to cancel the selection and gt return tothe last step 4 Press lt gt to select the weekly timer setting parameter of the queried periods 1 2 3 4 Query the weekly timer parameters of any indoor unit within any time according to the above operation 9 How to start or shut down the weekly timer function of all air conditioner units Under the main interface 1 Press weerly 2 Ifthe weekly timer function is shut down then start up it ifthe weekly timer function is started up and then shut down it 3 Ifthe weekly timer function is shut down display Weekly Timer Off 10 How to adju
150. er If drainage pipe have not been distributed properly over back flow water shall cause the flashing of alarm indicator at remote controlled receiving board and even water shall run over the water containing plate b Continuously add water until reaching alarm water level check whether the drainage pump could discharge water at once If water level does not decline under warning water level 3 minutes later it shall cause shutdown of unit When this situation happens normal startup shall be carried out by turning down power supply and eliminating accumulated water Note Drain plug at the main water containing plate is used for eliminating accumulated water in water containing plate when maintaining air conditioner fault During normal operation the plug shall be filled in to prevent leakage Installation 43 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 5 Duct Engineering 5 1 Fabrication of Duct 1 The material specification performance and thickness of metal duct should be in accordance with the relevant regulations of present National Products Standard The thickness of steel sheet or galvanized steel sheet should not be less than the regulation in table below Thickness of steel sheet duct mm Rectangle duct Se Middle low pressure NP Sd High pressure system Diameter D or edge length b of duct D b 320 320 D b 450 450 Dib 630 2 The material specification performance and thickness of non metal duct should
151. er corresponding to the next row of the matrix will be displayed If it is currently in the last row press the key and the data of the air conditioner corresponding to the first row will be displayed If you hold down this key the row will increase one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the single operation mode the air conditioner corresponding to the last row will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the key to enter the query mode By default it is the first in service air conditioner 11 Upward key In the query mode every time when you press the key the operation status data of the air conditioner corresponding to the previous row of the matrix will be displayed If it is currently in the first row press the key and the data of the air conditioner corresponding to the last row will be displayed If you hold down this key the row will decrease one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key 46 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System if itis in the single operation mode the air conditioner corresponding to the previous row will be selected If itis in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the key to enter the query mode By default it is the first in service air conditioner 12 Add key I
152. erformance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 2 Field Wiring a Terminal of Outdoor unit aalala cJN B ggg l l Outdoor UE Network KT Indoor units Outdoor units To 380 415V 3N 50Hz monitoring accounting Controller communication communication b Wiring between Indoor and Outdoor unit Power 380 415V 3N 50Hz 60Hz L1L2L3N EI Outdoor unit master unit Outdoor unit slave unit a Outdoor unit slave unit u la B c D E J MN IP T A de f Branch Box gt Branch Box J Branch Box Signal wire between indoor units Signal wire between indoor unit and wire controller TA WS ANS gt jla B c DI la B C p E HE l l l J Wire controller Wire controller Wire controller Note 1 The signal connecting line between outdoor units indoor and outdoor units and indoor units has polarity When connecting be careful to prevent error connection 2 Signal line shall adopt three core shielded wire with an area above 0 75 mm 3 Do not bind signal line and copper pipe together with belting 4 Make sure that the shield metal layer should be grounded well indoor control box in order to prevent interference 5 It s forbidden to connect 200V or above high volt live wire to the communication terminal MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 1 3 Outdoor unit power wiring 5 3 1 Separate Power S
153. ess than 450V The AC contactor should be picked up If not there s something wrong with the main control board or the PTC resistors which need to be replace correspondingly b Somewhere is loose in the circuit c The voltage between P and N of CN12 on the main control board should range from 450V to 570V If the voltage between N terminal and middle terminal of CN12 is 15V while error displays it means that the main control board fails Please replace the main control board Phenomenon C LED2 red ON LED Green Flashes 10 times and stops for 1S then repeat Error High voltage protection Here are 2 circumstance 6 Three phase power supply s voltage is more than 440V 7 Main control board fails Please replace it Troubleshooting 35 Troubleshooting 3 21 P7 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 36 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Fixed 1 current protection P7 ODU displays P7 1 Load on ODU is excess 2 Outdoor heat exchanging is not efficient 3 Refrigerant is excess 4 Compressor or its circuit is defective 5 Control board is defective Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting P7 Current of fixed compressor is larger than 16A ODU s load is excess Adjust IDU s load or add ODU d gt i Discharge part of the i See EE refrigerant to normal level KE a system contains nitrogen Vacuumize the
154. estroy 6 1 5 Installation and highlights of insulation construction 1 Example of wrong operation Gas pipe and liquid pipe are carried out insulation together causing the operation effect of air conditioner is bad 2 Example of correct operation a Gas pipe and liquid pipe are carried out heat insulation separately Liquid pipe Insulated material Gas pipe Outside bind Liquid pipe Insulated material Gas pipe Wrong for here cann t use bind Installation 47 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Note After gas pipe and liquid pipe are carried out heat insulation separately bind with tape If it is bound over tightly the spliced insulation joint shall be damaged b The surrounding of pipe connecting section shall be carried out insulation entirely ensure there 1s no clearance here Q V TZ kW LLL machine Highlights 1 No gap in joint of insulation materials 2 If the joint of insulation materials is linked tardily and tape is bound over tightly shrinkage and leakage shall be produced easily to create phenomena of dew drop The over tightened tape shall edge out air in material leading to decrease the insulation effect at this part meanwhile tape shall be easily aged and drop down 3 In indoor shield space it is no necessary to bind belting so as to avoid influencing insulation effect Correct repairing method for insulation cotton see the figure below copper pipe direct co
155. etwork address of indoor unit and refer to the address table above 3 Any 2 indoor units network address cannot be same otherwise system will detect only one of them 2 4 3 4 Lights displays and error code Light Ble Red Flah_ Single On Off ke Cooling Fan IDU Error Unified On Off ke pm EEPROM Error 74 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 5 Central control monitor MD CCMO02 E MD CCMOZ E is a control monitoring device used to mornitoring the outdoor units status Moreover MD CCMO02 is able to bridge the outdoor units to the gateway and then realize the BMS monitoring which makes the building management visible and one station RS485 communication protocol Upto 28 systems max 32 outdoor units can be centralized monitor It can display the operating parameter of outdoor units It can display the error or protection code of outdoor units HIT Y pr Midea Y V NN 2 4 4 1 System configure With MD CCMO2 E we could both centrally display the outdoor units running status and bridge up to 32 outdoor units to the PC monitoring software or BMS Building Management System In fact for the purpose of connecting the indoor units to the PC or the gateway which makes the outdoor units visible on the display panel MD CCMO2 E is necessary The location of CCMOZ in the network is as follows Electric and Control System 75 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System
156. ficient Refrigerant is excess Compressor or its circuit is defective Control board is defective SH dw ue d E Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting ODU s load is excess Adjust IDU s load or add ODT Discharge part of the refrigerant to normal level System contains nitrogen Vacuumize the system and A refill the refrigerant System s liquid loop is blocked Clear away the block Compressor s power lines are short Check the compressor s or the port s are loose power lines Measure the compressor Compressor 1s defective terminals resistance Normally they are 2 S2 to each other and infinite to earth Reinstall the chip op replace it with a fine one Chip is detective or incorrectly installed Main control board is defective Replace the main control unit Troubleshooting 27 Troubleshooting 3 18 P4 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting System lacks of refrigerant Add refrigerant 28 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Discharge temp sensor protection P4 One ODU displays P4 and changes to protecting standby state 1 Refrigerant is not enough 2 Refrigerant does not loop smoothly 3 Compressor needs more oil 4 Control board is defective Compressor Capillary of Discharge Gas loop s condenser 18 blocked by ice J temp sensor filter is w
157. from sinking 2 Avoid the abnormal noise generated due to base 2 Base types 1 Steel structure base 2 Concrete base see the figure below for the general making method Outdoor unit vo CH Ve 10 Expansion bolt Rubber shocking proof mat Solid ground or roofing Concrete basement h 200mm Remark The key points to make basement 1 The master units basement must be made on the solid concrete ground Refer to the structure diagram to make concrete basement in detail or make after field measurements 2 In order to ensure every point can contact equality the basement should be on completely level 3 If the basement is placed on the roofing the detritus layer isn t needed but the concrete surface must be flat The standard concrete mixture ratio is cement 1 sand 2 carpolite 4 and adds 10 strengthen reinforcing steel bar the surface of the cement and sand plasm must be flat border of the basement must be chamfer angle 4 In order to drain off the seeper around the equipment a discharge ditch must be setup around the basement 5 Please check the affordability of the roofing to ensure the load capacity 2 2 5 Installation highlights for outdoor unit 1 Install vibration isolator or isolating pad between the set and the base by the design specification 2 Ensure close between the outdoor unit and the base or significant vibration and noise may occur 18 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 3
158. g in and unit start SV4 SV5 open 9Bier SV5 closed t Sy4 closed 9s ater 50s later 20s later Inverter compressor start at 40hz Inverter compressor start at 30hz Fix scroll 40s later compressor start This step is omitted for SHP amp 10HP models Inverter compressor running frequency will adjust according the capacity requirement Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 4 Electric Characteristics Model MDV 252 8 W DRN1 C MDV 280 10 W DRN1 C MDV 335 12 W DRN1 C MDV 400 14 W DRN1 C C MDV 450 16 W DRN1 Remark MCA Min Current Amps A TOCA Total Over current Amps A MFA Max Fuse Amps A MSC Max Starting Amps A RLA Rated Load Amps A OFM Outdoor Fan Motor FLA Full Load Amps A KW Rated Motor Output KW Notes 1 RLA is based on the following conditions Indoor temp 27 C DB 19 C WB Outdoor temp 35 C DB 2 TOCA means the total value of each OC set 3 MSC means the Max current during the starting of compressor C 50 4 Voltage range Units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or above listed range limits 5 Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2 6 Selection wire size based on the larger value of MCA or TOCA 7 MFA is used to select the circuit breaker and the ground fault circuit interrupter earth circuit breaker Specification and
159. ganization between these sectors air conditioning civil work electricity water supply and drainage fire protection decoration intelligence etc Try best to lay pipes of the air conditioning system along the bottom of the beam If pipes meet together at the same height follow these principles 1 Ensure that gravity pipes take precedence over water drainage pipes air ducts and pressure pipes 2 Ensure that large pipes take precedence over air ducts and small pipes 1 4 6 Pipe pre install engineering 1 4 6 1 Operation procedure Raise requirements to the civil work sector and coordinate Determine the position size and quantity of the machines and conduct pre installing Check the pre installing results 1 4 6 2 Pipeline route 1 The pipe for condensate water should have a downward slope the slope should be at least 1 100 2 The diameter of the through hole for the refrigerant pipe should take the thickness of the thermal insulation material into consideration it is recommended to lay the gas pipe and liquid pipe in two separate columns 3 Note that sometimes through hole is not allowed because of the structure of the beam eg Strengthen the transfixion hole ff yA S The beam part that cant be weared through Pole 150mm Pole R1 R2 lt D 3 Highlights 14 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 When selecting the parts to be pre installed ensure that the weight of the accessories is also cal
160. gement System gt Memory function It can record the running parameters mode fan speed temp when using the controller to turn on the indoor units all the unit will work as the last setting Automatically record all setting info when lose power RS485 communication protocol Clear amp bright LCD display screen Background light more parameters display VV ON V gt Emergency ON OFF control with simple dry contact input 2 4 1 1 System configure With MD CCMO3 E M we could both centrally control the indoor units and bridge up to 64 indoor units to the PC monitoring software or BMS In fact on the purpose of connecting the indoor units to the PC or the gateway which makes the indoors units visible and can be controlled MD CCMO3 E M is necessary 1 All the indoor units and outdoor units are V4 series the topology of the network is as follows elo le oO LEE ml OO Ge owm 2 The indoor units contains any V4 series the network topology is as follows 40 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 232 485 MAX 1024 indoor units 512 outdoor units MAX 16 CCM02 MAX 16 CCM03 d MAX 1024 indoorunits 512 outdoorunits MAX 16 CCMOZ MAX 16 CCMOS Auen Electric and Control System 41 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System For the 2 type of network topology either of the connection below
161. he outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit and the outdoor unit nearest indoor unit is 40m The farthest indoor unit NIu The nearest indoor unit 11 L5 L8 L9 j L1 L2 L3 a Am to the L5 L8 L9 j 90m L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 Need to increase the pipe diameter of the distribution pipe Increasing size as the following 9 5 612 7 612 7 gt 015 9 615 9 gt 6 19 1 b19 1 gt 622 2 622 2 625 4 625 4 06 28 6 28 6 631 8 631 8 0638 1 638 1 0 41 3 41 3 gt 644 5 644 5 654 0 Reference Figure 4 1 Reference Figure 4 1 Reference Figure 4 1 2 Level difference above 50m are not supported by default but the project need to be approved by the manufacture if the outdoor unit is above the indoor unit 3 Each branch equals to 0 5m pipe length All branches must be purchased from Midea otherwise system is induced to malfunction 4 All branches must be purchased from Midea otherwise system is induced to malfunction Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 1 1 2 Select the refrigerant piping Fig 4 2 W3 W2 W1 10 12 16 Lo L5 Note In the above drawing the capacity unit of indoor side is x100W and the outdoor side is HP Table 4 2 The Pipe Type The Detailed Pipe Place Outdoor unit pipe The pipe between outdoor unit and outdoor branch pipe g1 g2 g3 G1 between outdoor branches 1 1 2 1 Selection of the indoor unit pipe
162. he running status of single air conditioner under this page 58 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 20 degree setting esee setti n Set Successfully Indoor Net address 20 degree g CCC AAA AAA Ms e IECH elzlasbslafslslab les oe 7 e zo oo 21 62 as ss se ae av sa ao 20 ai a as a as ao a7 Ls en se eesse en no sn 61 ee os am PS eG nl po ee a Room Temprature 3 Setting interface of weekly timer parameters of single weekly timer central controller Under the main interface press to display the parameter setting interface of single weekly timer Ug Automatically return to the main interface if no operation is performed for a period of time Under this page set the weekly timer parameters of single air conditioner including startup time shutdown time the running mode of this period temperature and wind speed One air conditioner can be at most set with four periods in one day from Monday to Sunday seven days in total EEE EE eee ee Set aerea es oe os os vr oe os po vi a a a ve serm ao 2t ze zo ze zs oo as zn oo 3200 54 ae 27 se oo fao at e o ua is 157 gg GEI pairos 1200 e CT EN 22 BPT R T le HEH D HE wee so so so ae ss s ss oe 57 nn no en e e e Time on Time off 4 Unified setting interface of the weekly timer central controller Under the main interface press SET
163. i A Bi 1 aut red Al Ma E e G cl T Hg Gacktrack bending Pinching flat m strip to begining end Rotate with strips AFA z X It is recommended to seal the openings of the pipe with both cover and adhesive tape e Method of sealing welding PVC strip j 7 Copper pipe F oO Brazing welding area d pU Ka Copper pipe 2 Special attention 1 When putting the copper pipe through the hole in the wall dirt is easy to enter into the pipe 26 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation m x 0 xtxrtII AAA SS FE The end of the pipe should S UA be sealed with cover e AS Spare pipe should also be Tt sealed with cover 2 When the copper pipe goes outside the wall ensure that no rain water can enter the pipe particularly when the pipe is placed upright 3 Before completing the pipe connection seal the openings of the pipe with covers 4 Place the openings of the pipe vertically or horizontally Litter impurity or moisture entering k n 5 Refrigerant pipe 5 Before putting the pipe outside the wall seal the opening of the pipe with a cover Yy sand entering 6 Do not place the pipe on the ground directly or keep it away from ground friction wf X Cap or plastic bag sand Ringer A Don t touch SC into pipe TT e gouno A Ground Ground 7 When conduct piping on a raining day remember to seal the openings of the pi
164. ich may be caused by closed valve or pressed pipe Chip is defective or installed gt Reinstall the chip or replace it incorrectly with a fine one Replace the main control board Main control board is defective 30 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 20 P6 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Module protection P6 ODU displays P6 DC generatrix is not lined correctly DC generatrix low or high voltage protection MCE malfunction Compressor s frequency changes incorrectly Ad NA DC generatrix goes form N terminal on INV module board to N pole of electrolytic capacity Check the INV module H4 will be displayed if P6 occurs 3j times in minutest disappears after the machine 1s re powere Ll Low voltage L4 protection Voltage of DC generatrix should be higher than 51 Check the commutator circu Troubleshooting malfuncion 30 P6 display will disappear in 60s Then press the check button 23 times to find the error code d L Module protection LO Actual frequency has a L2 High voltage L8 Compressor protection MCE 5 frequency changes faster Van 15Hz in 1s difference of 15Hz from setting frequency Replace the Voltage of power original module input is highe than 50 Connect the compressor
165. ide brazing brazing welding welding CA 7 ae ur WII E PP lA down up 7 Cautions 1 Take fire prevention measures when conducting welding ensure that a fire extinguisher is available beside the operating position 2 Avoid getting burnt 3 Pay attention to the fit gap of the position where the pipe is inserted Note The follow table shows the relation between the minimum embedded depth and gap at the copper pipe joint Outer Diameter of Minimum Inlaid Type Gap A D mm Pipe D mm Depth B mm 5 D 8 6 0 05 0 21 I 8 D 12 7 j e 11 D 16 8 0 05 90 27 16 lt D lt 25 10 brazing welding 25 lt D lt 35 12 0 05 0 35 35 D 45 14 3 1 5 Pipe cleaning out 3 1 5 1 Flushing copper pipe 1 Function use pressure gas to flush pipeline raw material or welded assembly for eliminating dust trash and moisture Solid impurity is hard to be washed out so special attention shall be drawn to the protection of copper pipeline during construction 2 Purpose 1 Eliminate oxide powder or part oxide layer in copper pipe 2 Help to clear out dirt and humidity in pipe 3 Risk in case of no flushing If the remaining solid impurity and moisture in pipeline could not be eliminated effectively serious malfunctions shall happen such as ice blockage dirt blockage and compressor being jammed 3 1 5 2 Procedure of flushing 32
166. ies intelligent control according to the system load cyclically changes start up sequence of multiple outdoor units equalizes compressor duty and extends operation life span Take 48HP system for example General Information 5 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Everytime after Moit Jo cdWe2 7 Nes el OO MS M Io ol gf oil returning defrosting No LE o SCH or restart ODU will E start in different T sequence j E M 2 5 2 Back Up operation function In the event of an outdoor unit fail the field set back up function in the outdoor unit in question also between different outdoor units will allow emergency operation of another outdoor unit in order to maintain the interim Capacity Master slave 1 Slave 2 Tee KC 1 Slave 1 ODU failed Stops running Slave E i takes the duty eb Bee w y HAN FIX y ch j F ym Sg J AL Ica e J P pa y 2 5 3 Dynamic gas balance technology Dynamic vector balance tech no need to install gas balance pipe High precision pressure sensor monitors the system pressure on time and transfers the data to master unit Master unit sends the pressure date to every unit and make sure each outdoor unit in balance situation 2 5 4 High efficiency oil balance technology 2 10 1 Oil balance pipes set among the modules and individual oil balance v
167. ilding gateway connects to BACnet network for integrating to other Building E CCMOB BMS to realize air conditioning management and control It needn t gateway match Midea network system and PC Building MD CCMO07 Connect VRV to your BMS via LonWorks Other systems such as those gateway JE for fire and crime prevention can be easily interlocked with Midea s unit ra IMM The 3 generation network control software with Firebird data Add Network Intelligent Libia network fee charge function and connect the outdoor unit CCM based control Manager of on the No 2 generation network central control system It may connect software Midea a to 16 indoor unit CCM and 1024 indoor units and also connect to 16 outdoor unit CCM and 128 refrigeration systems 2 5 1 Building gateway MD CCMOS E MD CCMO8 E is a gateway to connect the indoor units and outdoor units to the BACnet BACnet stands for the Building Automation and Control Net work MD CCMO08 E gathers the information of the IDU and ODU Besides MD CCMO8 E is able to send the command to the units gt Be able to bridge the indoor and outdoor units to the BACnet protocol BMS gt Also be able to connect the indoor and outdoor units only without the BMS gt Contains 4 Groups of RS485 communication ports and able to connect up to 256 indoor units or 128 outdoor units instead Usercan check the units status and change their settings via local network Compatible
168. ill fade out and the indoor unit turn to normal display mode 4 After setting all the addresses users can press the LOCK button for 5 seconds to quit the address 28 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System setting mode 2 3 Wired Controller KJR 10B DP T General control function Connected to the indoor unit display panel s corresponding port KJR 10B DPC T E The function is generally the same as the KJR 10B DP T but excluding the heat mode KJR 10B DP T E K A Korean Edition bases on the KJR 10B DP T E orean This controller integrate FOLLOW ME function others is the KJR 12B DP T E came with KJR 10B DP T E Wired controller KJR 12B DPBG T Bases on the KJR 12B DP T E and is with backlight vertical E and level swing function Dun KJR 12B DP T FOLLOW ME and configured with a 20M wire There s no brand and backlight on it KJR 90A All basic function is the same as KJR 10B DP T E To avoid mode confliction running mode is fixed to cool mode AER other functions are the same as KJR 90A Safety precautions Please read this safety precaution carefully before installation Do observe the following safety precautions for they are very important Confirm there is no abnormal phenomenon during test operation after installation completed then hand the manual to the user Installation must be conducted by professionals Improper installation may
169. ing pressure and refrigerant Liquid side stop valve 3 2 2 Operation of air tightness test 3 2 2 1 Operation procedure 1 When conducting air tightness test make sure that gas pipe and liquid pipe are kept in full shut status otherwise nitrogen might enter the circulation system of outdoor unit Both gas valve and liquid valve need to be strengthened before pressurization d 2 Each refrigerant system shall be slowly pressurized from the two sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe 3 Make use of dry nitrogen as medium to conduct air tightness test Phase in control diagram of pressurization is as follows No Phase phase in pressurization 1 Phase 1 appear large leakage after over three minutes of pressurization with 3 0kgf cm S No pressure drop 2 Phase 2 appear major leakage after over three minutes of pressurization with 15 Okgf cm mM T 5 after modification 3 Phase 3 appear small leakage after over 24 hours of pressurization with R410A 40 0kgf cm 3 2 2 2 Pressure observation 1 Pressurize to regulated value and maintain 24 hours When modifying pressure according to variation of temperature it is qualified if pressure drop does not happen If pressure falls find out the leak source and modify it 2 Modification method When ambient temperature difference is 1 C the pressure difference shall be 0 1 kgf cm Modification formula Real value pressure of pressurization temperature of pressurization
170. ion Electric and Control System 1 means factory test mode 0 means default auto addressing mode 00 means DC fan static pressure is 0 reserved 10 means DC fan static pressure is 2 reserved 00 means shutting down the unit to stop cold air at 15 C 10 means shutting down the unit to stop cold air at 24 C 00 means the time of stopping fan when no capacity need is 4 minutes 10 means the time of stopping fan when no capacity need is 12 minutes 00 means temperature compensation value is 6 C under heating mode 10 means temperature compensation value is 4C under heating mode 1 means old display panel 0 means new display panel 1 means DC fan is chosen 0 means AC fan is chosen 01 means DC fan static pressure is 1 reserved 11 means DC fan static pressure is 3 reserved 01 means shutting down the unit to stop cold air at 20 C 11 means shutting down the unit to stop cold air at 26 C 01 means the time of stopping fan when no capacity need is 8 minutes 11 means the time of stopping fan when no capacity need is 16 minutes 01 means temperature compensation value is 2C under heating mode 11 means temperature compensation value is 8 C under heating mode 1 means auto air blow under auto mode 0 means auto air blow under non auto mode Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Last unit of the network M Explanation of main b
171. ion between main board and display board ES Wind blowing speed is out of control E7 EEPROM error Detection of current direction alternating is abnormal T3 or T4 temp senor of discharge of compressor fails down T2B sensor fails to work normally T2A sensor fails to work normally T 1 sensor fails to work normally Communication fault 0 4 AAA and PC gateway and functional module and network interface module module and main control board PD J JdA JA JgResevd SS PB J Reserv P9 Reserv O P8 JJ Compressor s current is too large Pe J Pressure of discharge is too low PO S O Anti cool air or defrost protection Evaporator temperature protection Note These two tables are the same with centralized controller CCMO3 TO Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 3 General controller KJR 90B M KJR 90B M is a unified contralized controller which allows us to control up to 16 indoor units simply and compactly It commands the indoor unit to work at only 2 modes cooling and heating Besides this commanding users could also modify the indoor units working mode by the remote wireless comtroller This controller offers the controller functions only and is disable to brige the units to the PC gt Centralized Control Short press Only turn ON OFF the last time operated indoor units Lo
172. ire Controller Back Cover Wire Controller Top Cover Wire Controller LCD Wire Controller Board Wood Mounting Screw M4X20 When installing the Wire Controller Cover be sure there is a hole in the wall to avoid the Wire Controller Back Cover being fixed directly to the wall When installing the Wire Controller you should Which is not allowed for the Wire Joint adjust the bottom of the Wire Controller Board to extrudes out of the Wire Controller the Wire Controller Back Cover which should be Back Cover fixed first then press the other end of the Wire Controller Board Wire Controller Bottom Cover Preparation before Installation Make sure the following pasts has been prepared Wire Controller With Cover Wood Mounting Screw M4x20 For mounting on the wall Mounting Screw M4x25 For Mounting on the electrical switch box 5 Owners Manual Fo lt oO OoOo yO Prepare for the following at installation site NO Name On Remarks Install into Install on EE is 05mm x5 Cable no more than 15M 2 SwithBox Box EE EE Sleeve and Tightening Screw Note Never turn screws too tightly or else the cover would be sunk or the Liquid Crystal breaks Installation of wired controller KJR 12B DP T E is the same to KJR 10B DP T E 34 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 3 3 Wired controller KJR 90A 2 3 3 1 Appearance Button description Clock
173. irect connection assistant pipe assembly brazing welding part Q copper pipe elbows assistant pipe assembly U SOIJIU amp 5 Standard operation of Brazing Welding Q p L D D MY SE T brazing weld part copper pipe 1 4 valve decompress valve gem oxygen gem nitrogen Reng EE 5 duse pipe ign pressure flexible pipe copper pipe fittings nitrogen charging connecting fitting Soe o nitrogen gas cylinder Installation 31 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 6 Highlight 1 Control the nitrogen pressure to be about 0 2 0 3kgf cm during the welding 2 Ensure the gas is nitrogen oxygen will easily leads explosion so it is forbidden 3 Use pressure reducing valve and control the pressure of the charged nitrogen to be about 0 2kg cm 4 Select a proper position for charging nitrogen 5 Ensure that the nitrogen passes through the welding spots 6 If the pipeline between the position for charging nitrogen and the welding spot is rather long ensure that the nitrogen is charged for sufficient time so as to discharge all the air from the welding spot 7 After completing the welding charge the nitrogen continuously until the pipe coole down completely 8 Try best to conduct welding downwards or horizontally and avoid face down welding J y FA qe as brazing welding 1 U s y t A E A IP s
174. iring dia 20 75 wiring dia 20 75 Ambient temp range Cooling 5 C 48 C 5 C 48C 5 C 48C Ambient temp range Heating C 20 C 21 C 20 C 21 C 20C 21 C Notes 1 The cooling conditions indoor temp 27 C DB 80 6 F 19 CWB 60 F outdoor temp 35 CDB 95 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 2 The heating conditions indoor temp 20 C DB 68 F 15 CWB 44 6 F outdoor temp 7 CDB 42 8 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 110 110 110 30 30 O 4x10 10 L lt 20m 4x10 10 L lt 20m 4x10 10 L lt 20m 4x16 10 L lt 50m 4x16 10 L lt 50m 4x16 10 L lt 50m 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring O O O mm mm 3 Sound level Anechoic chamber conversion value measured at a point 1 m in front of the unit at a height of 1 5 m During actual operation these values are normally somewhat higher as result of ambient conditions 4 It s dimension of connecting pipes between outdoor and first branch joint when the Max Equivalent length of tubing is less than 90m 5 The farthest equivalent pipe length should be equal to or shorter than 40m But it can be up to 90m if meet the required conditions following part 4 installation section 6 The above data may be changed without notice for future improvement on quality and performance Specification and performance 3 Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Factory mod
175. irm that operation of single unit is normal through trial operation After confirm it is normal conduct operation of the whole system i e Commissioning of MDV system 2 Commissioning is carried out according to the Technical Requirement of Product When Commissioning analyze and record operation status so as to understand the operation status of the whole system for convenient maintenance and examination 3 After finishing Commissioning fill out Commissioning report in detail The commissioning report form is shown as follows Installation 53 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Commissioning Report for Midea MDV Pro System Date dd mm yy Address Tel Supplier Delivery date dd mm yy Installation section Principal Commissioning section Principal Remark recharged refrigeration quantity to system Name of refrigerant R22 R407C R410A Installing section Commissioning name seal seal oignature oignature Date dd mm 9X yy Date Odd mm yy 54 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Test Data for Test Run of System Operation data of outdoor unit Cooling Run Voltage V Total current of run A AAN cc 1 1 JL 1 dienen eg 12 5 0 0 od 0 3 begun eg IO FE E serge e ooo o o Ouerarempetre LIT Operation data of indoor unit Bar code of netar tamem ede Outlet air S unit EE BEEN SE temperature C Commissioning Report 55 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation System parameter
176. is available Ke unit Indoor unit Indoor uni Ke e Indoor un unit L j JN UND C NENNEN EN BEEN JJ 3 _ Centralized controller a e ea CLA caon Indoor ani Indoor unit unit Indoor unit Inco unit ees unit Centralized controller To establish a steady network the following should be noted B The signal wire should be 3 core shielded wire and the wire should be provided by licensed electricians B Tomake signal transmission steady and to protect the facilities the signal transmission wires should not be near to the power line An interval of 300mm 500mm should exist between these two kinds of wires B The signal wire of each network should be less than 1 200m B The unit and the centralized controller should be connected hand in hand which means that all the units same port should be connected to a 3 core wire and the signal wire should be linear in topology Or else the facilities could not work normally 2 4 1 2 Description Names and Functions Keywords and general function description 1 Power on or reset When the centralized controller is powered on or reset all display segments of the LCD are luminous for 2 seconds and then goes off 1 second later the system enters the normal display status The centralized controller is in the main page display status and displays the first page and searches the in service air conditioners in the network Once the sea
177. ith needs more fails to work impurities oil Pull out Some Add some Discharge all discharge compressor s cooling oil to the original temp sensor Replace the control board Or the discharge temp Sensor temp is too the high Take out the filter and puff it with nitrogen compressor refrigerant Then refill it Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 19 P5 Pipe temp sensor protection Outdoor Unit p 5 Display Error One ODU displays P4 and changes to protecting standby state Explanation Supposed 1 System s load is excess Causes 2 Heat exchanging is not efficient 3 Liquid refrigerant is blocked 4 Refrigerant is mixed with impurities Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 29 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 gt Fasten the port or replace the sensor Adjust IDU or add some ODU Sensor 1s defective or the port 1s loose EENS IDU cooling power should be less than 130 of ODU cooling Heat exchanger of ODU is Clean the exchanger or check the fan speed inefficient or enhance the distance between ODU System contains much air or Vacuumize the system and refill the refrigerant Add oil to the system if it leaks nitrogen which cause high refrigerant pressure large current pressure meter does not display steady System s liquid refrigerant is Check the system and clear away the block blocked wh
178. key repeatedly to shift between single setting and global setting gt Single gt Global gt 3 Mode key In setting operation mode press this key to set the operation gt cooling gt heating gt supply air only gt stop gt In other display mode press the key to enter the setting mode By default it is single machine setting and the first in service air conditioner is displayed 4 Fan key In setting operation mode press this key to set the fan of the indoor unit of the air conditioner to run in Electric and Control System 45 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System the automatic high medium or low level of air gt auto gt low gt medium gt high gt 5 Time on key In setting operation mode press this key to set the timing startup of air conditioner press the key again to exit the timing setting and restore the normal temperature regulation operation mode gt time on gt set temperature regulation gt 6 Time off key In setting operation mode press this key to set the timing shutdown of air conditioner press the key again to exit the timing setting and restore the normal temperature regulation operation mode gt time on gt set temperature regulation gt 7 Swing In setting operation mode press this key to enable or disable the swing function If all currently selected air conditioners have no swing function no effect will result after pressing the key 8 Leftward key In the query
179. l System Connect to CN1 infra red inductive control box C Wire controller Connect to CN2 of infra if i redinductive control box A Connect to display panel Connect to CN3 of infra red EES Connect to infra red sensor Electric and Control System 109 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 6 4 Computer diagnostic modules and software MCAC DIAG E MCAC DIAG E is remote diagnostic software which is able to inquire the outdoor unit s running status and make the running charts This software takes advantage of the outdoor unit s K1 K2 E terminals As a result the centralized controller CCMO2 is unable to connect to the outdoor units and unable to work with the network monitoring software ECAC outdoor unit monitor software Midea Midea outdoor unit diagnosis software gll N System Set Outdoor unit TE zg SEET V4 Basic data Software operating parameters 4 Outdoor unit ram COM COM1 600 8 One None System d aere w y 2 a dd e Running time Oh 0m ls Cycle diagarm Basic information for outdoor equipment Stop Running mode Fan status Please refer to installation and operation manual of the Midea Outdoor Unit Diagnosis Software manual 110 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 CONFIDENTIAL GD Midea Refrigeration Equipment Co Ltd EA T VRheinland TUVRheinland Mi Have received ISO 9001 certification for C E RT quality as
180. lace the main defective control board Troubleshooting 5 Troubleshooting 3 2 El Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Phase sequence malfunction E1 A B C terminal of three phase power supply correspond with U V W of the compressor The compressor could work normally only when they make good matches 1 Phase sequence of the electricity supply does not match 2 In most circumstance the reason is lack of power phase ec Check the 3 phase power supply 11 3 phase power lose some phase power Chip is defective o installed incorrectly Check the phases or exchange 2 of the 3 phase eck whether each phase power exists and fasten the joint of power supply Reinstall the chip or replace it with a fine one Main control board is Replace the main defective control board Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 3 E2 Communication failure between master ODU and IDU Outdoor Unit E2 Display Master unit displays only Error 1 Timer LED of indoor unit flashes quickly Explanation 2 The number of indoor unit that displayed on outdoor unit changes 3 Some of the indoor unit do not work etc Supposed 1 IDU have the same address or the net address is set incorrectly Causes 2 The signal lines do not work well 3 PQE bus is conducted somewhere Tr
181. ld dud Y Y AE Midea Commercial Air Conditioner H410A Full DC Inverter V4 Plus K series Outdoor Unit Technical Service Manual 380V 3ph 50Hz wll gid Sume meme pamm mm mge a m eeng t t t Pr cs mm gm es Wegen n ao eege cca Pram mE P9 Fe mM rm Y omm RN mono Poo oo e ct Pu a Pe m P ee mo CONFIDENTIAL ee HEAT PUMP TYPE DC INVERTER VRF Content Part 1 General Information BS ec 1 MDV Product Development ISE eegene ere eege 2 d 2 DC Inverter V4 K Series IntroductiON omconnconnconnconononnnonanonanonarnnaronaronnrnnncnanncnnrnnan cnn nnnrnnannns 2 3 Model LINE UDs eege A dee H to A Units Combination E 10 ak 5 Capacity Range of Indoor UNS eegesegeeggegesgegregeeeesgesgegeteedegegesbee eebEegeeebeg eu d SENee egegegeg ge 11 6 Appearance and model names of Indoor Uhnits ee eeeeeeeeee e ceeeeeeeeen 12 T Tenue TT G sia A pecuarenesulbvendasucueradestacousuousseteennwaus 14 Part 2 Selection Procedure ME Ae m S 2 2 Unit selection Based on cooling load onnccocnnnncconnnnnccccncncnccnncnccnonannnonenanannncnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanannnas 6 o
182. le the discharge LVL temperature is low System contains ar or tutrogen In this circumstance the high pressure is high the current is large the discharge temperature is high compressor makes noise the pressure meter do not display steady Chip is defective or incorrectly installed Or the high pressure sensor 1s disconnected Control board 1s defective Troubleshooting Check the system and fred Check the system and get nd of the block and make the loop smooth Discharge part of the refrigerant Add some ol to the system if it leaks during the discharge Discharge all the refrigerant Then vacuumize the system and refill the refrigerant Add ol to the system if it leaks Reinstall the chip or replace it with a fine one Replace the main control board 23 Troubleshooting 3 16 P2 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 24 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Low pressure protection P2 One ODU displays P2 and changes to protecting standby state Refrigerant is not enough Refrigerant does not loop smoothly Efficiency of indoor heat exchange is low Control board is not defective a NY gt Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting P2 Low pressure protection R22 retrigerant system protects al O 03Mpa recovers at O1MPa E410 refrigerant system protects at O 05MPa recovers at 0 15MPa or protects at 0 14 MP
183. lfunction Code and Troubleshooting eoomooccccnnnnnncnononnnnnnon sueeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeessneneeeeeseneooens 4 lO Z Part 6 Electric and Control System S T PES o 2 1 1 Wiring Diagrams and Field WiriNQ oooncnnnnnnnn rr 2 E 1 2 Description of Main Control Board of Outdoor unit eeeeeeeeeeeee erre 2 T 2 Control SUSIBHI E 14 2 1 Control System INtrOdUCTION ccsssscceesssceeesssseceessscecesessseeeesseceesssseceesasesneeeesseesenseneesenss 14 La 2 2 Wireless Remote Cer eege 21 Io 23 Wired e TEEN 29 co 9 2 4 Central Control Monitor 39 rg 2 5 Nelwork Control SY SUC IU iiss ir s inni oC enun aaa 95 a O 20 Other PCCOSS ONY occas X 102 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz Part 1 General Information General Information MDV Product Development History 2 DC Inverter V4 K Series Introduction 2 E Mod l Line UD BE 9 E Units Combination Table 10 Capacity Range of Indoor Units 11 Appearance and model names of Indoor Units 12 NomenclatU i e 14 Information R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 MDV Product Development History In 1999 Midea cooperated with Toshiba produced the No 1 AC Inverter VRF MDV In 2001
184. ling and some heating the outdoor unit could only work in either mode As a result some of the indoor units could not work By adopting this device we could consider the environment and artificially determine whether the indoor units should work at cooling or heating mode ee ooo gt New designed and graceful appearance A gt Compactly functions and friendly user z idea interface gt Easy networking gt Connected up to 64 indoor units AUTO COOL HEAT 2 4 6 1 System configure Mode lock controller KJR 31B E is only a compact indoor unit centralized controller which cannot bridge the indoor units to the PC or BMS Its network configuration is much the same as MD CCMOS9 The following 2 ways is both available 1 ei Tel g e Mode Lock Controller W gnd ee e TN ON KN e Mode Lock Controller NEN To establish a steady network the following should be noted B The signal cable and power cable of the central controller cannot be contained in the same cable tube The distance between the signal cable tube and power cable tube shall be between 300mm 500mm at least B The total signal cable length of the central controller shall not exceed 1 200m 90 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System B Make sure there is no joint in the middle of the shielded cable If such a joint exists use a socket to connect it 2 4 6 2 Description Names and Functions Buttons and
185. llowing However if the problem insists please contact the customer service center of Midea commercial air conditioner company and offer machine s model and detailed malfunction Pass sequence malena S O Communication between Master outdoor unt ard ndor onis SSS a ONE MN QOWxrAmbentmpsewmaldon Vete malena 0 SSC Greg sensor malena OO aran ares wong O SS INES TO Communication maltncton between pn anPWOSOBNCHIS GommunkatonmalunelonbetweenOSSTanWOSUBNCUOSS Ony master uni says i not resume until recovery Indoor unit quantities decreasing malfunction over 3 minutes Sels Pressures sensor malfunction DD 3 times P9 protection In 60 minutes Refer to P9 for repair The sensor protection on the top of inv compressor High pressure protection Outdoor unit quantities increasing malfunction Only master unit displays Low pressure protection NN NM NN door NN EN NN NN NM NN NN NN NM NN SS Ha times Pe protection caused in O minutes 1 Refer to P6 for repair Hs atmes P2 protection caused in 60 minutes Reter to P2 tor repair Hs atmes P protection caused In 60 minutes Reter to PA Tor repair NN NN Um NM NN Um NN Um NM NEM NM Um NE SS ERN AAA p In compressorover current protection Discharge temp sensorprotecion 1 Phelmpsesorpedo Module protection fF pred compressor curentprotesion reserved G Fam motor module protection FO DO i
186. mes in 30 minutes system will auto shut down and display H9 malfunction which can recover only by restarting the machine At this time malfunction should be promptly treated to 40 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2011 09 Troubleshooting avoid further damage Troubleshooting 41 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Part 6 Electric and Control System 1 Electric Syste eee M NDS 2 1 1 Wiring Diagrams and Field Wiring ENER ee eee en eee 2 1 2 Description of Main Control Board of Outdoor unit 2 2 CONTO E acaso dades 14 2 1 Control System Introduction eneen kk ENKEN ENKEN ENER ENER ENER ENER ENER ENER ENER ENER EN Ek 14 2 2 Wireless Remote Controller eese eene eene nnne nnnm unu n 21 2 2 1 Wireless remote controller R51C BGE R51D E R51 E R51IA BGE 21 2 2 2 Wireless remote controller RO5 BGE RMOS BG T E A err 23 2 2 3 Wireless remote controller ROG BGE ROG BGCE eene 26 2 3 Wired Controller sek KKK NN KN KKK KEREN ENKER RN EN ENKER NN EN KN ENKER ENER KN KN 29 2 3 1 Wired controller KJR 10B eese nennen nennen nnns 31 2 3 2 Wired controller KJR 12B eese eee eene nnne nennen nenne 33 2 3 3 Wired controller KIR 90A WE 35 24 Central Control Monitor EE 39 2 4 1 Central control monitor MD CCMOYE M sesssessssssssssssssrsrsrerrssessrssrrrseessss 40 2 4 2 Weekly schedule timer central c
187. minal Communication ports among outdoor units Loading output terminal Control port of DC fan A Loading output terminal ES 1 3 SW2 Query Instruction System parameter SW2 CHECK Used to query outdoor unit data Check point sequence and corresponding actuality is as l l Inspection port for outdoor ambient temp and oading output terminal condenser coil follows code code l Actual 1 Address of outdoor unit 0 1 2 3 17 16 Tp saturation temp value 30 Capacity of outdoor unit 8 10 12 14 16 18 EES Actual value compressor Qty of Modular outdoor unit Seung ind GE Actual value unit compressor Setting of indoor units UM SE Opening angle of EXV 1 Sec Se Total cap of outdoor unit E SECH Opening angle of EXV 2 iE ae eis Total requirement of indoor Available for main High pressure Actual value X unit unit 10 7 Total requirement of main Available for main 23 SEN Qty of indoor unit If no display unit corrected capacity unit 00 DICIT E per This outdoor units actual Capacity 25 24 Priority mode operation capacity requirement 10 EH Speed of fan 1 Actual value Noise control mode 0 1 2 3 Electric and Control System 5 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System The last error or we 13 T4 ambient temp Actual value error protection NR code display8 8 8 EE Acwalvaue value Checkend end Inverter Compressor 16 15 Discharge Temp of fixed Aaja Wale compressor Note When operation of system lasts 1 hour a
188. ming sequence when setting the events Display the state of the fresh air Display the current work state of the fresh air handling unit 8 Display the set temperature of the air conditioner Display the current setting temperature of the corresponding air conditioner Keys and functions 84 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System AUTO COOL DRY HEAT FAN Du m 111 FRESH A ave Pei 0 el DD 09 30 Mode button Press this button to change the indoor unit s running mode The changing sequence of the mode is as follows Auto Cool Dry Heat Fan Temperature setting button Press this button to adjusts the setting temperature ALL button Press this button to select all the indoor units ON OFF button This button is used for turning on or turning off the water heater of the fresh air unit The operation takes effect after pressing the OK button OFF button Turn off all or one single air conditioner ON button Turn on all or one single air conditioner FRESH AIR button Press this key to select the fresh air unit And then we can change the setting of the fresh air unit TIME setting button Press this key to activate the time setting function OK button Electric and Control System 85 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Press this button to confirm all the settings and deliver the signal the commands to the indoor units Water heater button Pre
189. mperature pressure value for future modification 4 After pressure keeping is over release system pressure to 5 8 kgf cm and then conduct pressure keeping and storage 5 If pipeline is too long conduct phase in detection a Inner side of pipeline b Inner side of pipeline upright c Inner side of pipeline upright outer side of pipeline 3 3 Vacuum Drying 3 3 1 Purpose and highlights of vacuum drying 3 3 1 1 Purpose of vacuum drying 1 Dehumidify the system to prevent ice blockage and copperizing Ice blockage shall cause abnormal operation while copperizing shall damage compressor 2 Eliminating the non condensable gas of system to prevent oxidizing components system pressure fluctuation and bad heat exchanging during the system operation 3 Detect leak source from reverse rotate 3 3 1 2 Selection of vacuum pump 1 The limit of vacuum degree is below 756mmHo 2 The discharge of vacuum pump is over 4L s 3 The precision of vacuum pump is over 0 02mmHg Highlights of R410A system After the vacuum process of R410A refrigerant circulation is over vacuum pump stops running and the lubricant in vacuum pump shall flow back to air conditioning system for the inner of pump soft pipe is in vacuum status In addition same situation shall happen if vacuum pump suddenly stops during operation At this moment different oils will mix which induce the refrigerant circulating system to malfunction so it is recommended to
190. n the main page or the query mode every time when you press the key the data of the last page will be displayed If it is now in the last page press the key again and the first page will be displayed In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the temperature regulation mode the set temperature will decrease by 1 C until the highest allowed set temperature if it is in the timing startup shutdown time setting mode select the upper level set time if no time is set 0 0 will be displayed if you hold down the key the upper level data will be selected consecutively The specific change mode is as follows 0 020 529 1 02 1 522 0292 5293 0293 524 0294 529 5 029 5 52 6 0296 52 7 02 7 52 8 028 529 9 0 39 53 103 113 123 133 149 15 1629172 182 1922022122223 232 24 13 Reduce key In the main page or the query mode every time when you press this key the data of the current page will be displayed If it is now in the first page press the key again and the last page will be displayed In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the temperature regulation mode the set temperature will decrease by 1 degree until the lowest allowed set temperature if it is in the timing startup shutdown time setting mode select the upper level set time if no time is set 0 0 will be displayed if you hold down the key the upper level data will be selected consecutively The specific change mode is as follows 0 0
191. nage A e Has four road RS485 bus interfaces and each interface can manage al most 64 indoor units or at most 32 outdoor unas e Adopts standard objects and services of the BACnet protocol and can create BACnet objects based on central air conditioning units automalx ally to meet the need of busding management systems e Meets me need of special data colecbon equipments and me operation information of the controller can be transferred lo the remote management conter by the special data collecbon equipment to achieve the remote mondor control and malfunction diagnoses of central aer condibonings nis suggested m at users access the controller by Microsof Intemet Explorer 6 0 Mozilla FireFox 1 5 or their latas version explorer 2006 2008 Midea Group Alt rights reserved Electric and Control System 97 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 8 hip 192 188 234 2347 k rn T TT L T E ETT ETIII II TT T 1 L1 1 2 1111 Rebont Perfomnance About Pa id The Building Central Controller of Midea Central Air cette ao Pent Mi ea conditioning EET Device Alarm Log Device List indoor 0 0 Indoor Unit Info Indoor Unit Config e C HOOR CTELER 0 indo v indoo Control the indoor unit T ndo r Running State 4 ow Remote controller D AAS i Di E F inda or hocking Linbocking Y nga l Y el on eral ion A ita w uen moda Y imndaoor U b v indoor 0 7 setting 24 wh indao ternperalturg Ela ae T mgdoor LR
192. nally finish setting 2 How to query the running status of the air conditioner Under the main interface 1 Press Ouer to enter the query status of single air conditioner displaying Query Press A toselect one air conditioner CORA 2 Press Add Reduce toview more parameters of the air conditioner 3 How to lock and unlock the remote controller of the air conditioner Under the main interface 1 Press Set to enter the setting status interface of single air conditioner press the button repeatedly to select Single and All alternately displaying Set lfyouselect Single press A toselectone Ld JL V JCB 2 Selecting All indicates to setthe running status of all air conditioners and All is displayed Selecting Single displays the address ofthe air conditioner for example if the air conditioner whose address is 12 is selected 12 is displayed 3 Press Lock tosendthe lock or unlock command of the remote controller to the corresponding air conditioner and finish setting 4 How to lock and unlock the mode of the air conditioner 64 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Under the main interface 1 Press and hold Mode then press Lock enter the setting interface of the mode locking 2 press lt D to select cooling locking or heating locking press Confirm to send mode l
193. nd stays stability press checkup button on PCB of outdoor master unit query one by one and fill out the above table according to facts Description of display Operation mode 0 Turn off 2 Cooling 3 Heating 4 Constraint cooling Fan speed 0 OFF 1 15 Speed increasing sequentially 15 is the max fan level PMV opening angle pulse count display value x 8 Noise control mode 0 Night silent mode 1 Silent mode 2 super silent mode 3 no priority Priority mode 0 heating priority mode 1 cooling priority mode 2 opening the priority mode 3 response the heating mode only 4 response the cooling mode only SW1 Constrain cool button SW2 Query switch ENC1 Outdoor units address setting switch ENC2 Outdoor units capacity setting switch ENC3 Indoor units Qty Setting switch ENC4 Network address setting switch Normal display when in standby mode it indicates number of indoor units when running it indicates output percentage value of compressor 6 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 1 4 Description of Main Control Board of Indoor unit There are two shapes of main control board that used to all types of indoor unit matching with V4 outdoor unit e SES et f Lem c e Loi GH OG gt Shape 2 Electric and Control System 7 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Dial codes definition 0 1 definit
194. ng of the pipe so that another copper pipe can be inserted to replace direct connection and reduce welding spots 2 Highlight Ensure that the connection part is smooth and even after cutting the pipe off remove the inner spurs 3 Operation method Insert the expanding header of the pipe expander into the pipe to expand the pipe After completing pipe expansion rotate the copper pipe a small angle to rectify the straight line scratch left by the expanding header Brazing welding 3 1 3 4 Opening bell mouthed opening 1 Purpose Flaring Bell mouthed opening is used for screw thread connection 2 Highlight 1 Before performing the Bell mouthed opening operation perform fire annealing for the hard pipe 2 Use pipe cutter to cut pipe to ensure even cross section and avoid refrigerant leakage do not use a steel saw or metal cutting device to cut pipe otherwise the cross section will get deformed and the copper chip will enter the pipe 3 Remove burr carefully to avoid scar on the bell mouthed opening which may lead to refrigerant leakage 4 When connecting pipes use two spanners one torque wrench and one non adjustable spanner 5 Before conducting opening bell mouthed install pipe onto the flaring nut 6 Use proper torque to tighten the flaring nut 98 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Diameter S 1 4 6 35 144 176 1420 1720 3 8 9 52 3337407 32 073990 1 2 12 7 504 616 4950 6030 spanner 5 8
195. ng press 3 seconds Can Turn ON OFF all indoor units gt Operation Mode Selection Switch Cooling Heating gt Overall mono control the indoor units gt Sleep and memory function If no operation to be conducted at the controller after 25 seconds system would enter to sleep mode all indicators are faded Press any key to recovery the displaying gt Compatible with central control 2 4 3 1 System configure MD CCMO9 E controller needs connecting it with other indoor units in a hand in hand way which is the same connecting way with MD CCMO3 Either of the connecting ways below is available al m9 00 oe oe IA aa KEJR 90B AN me mu fm mo mu KIJRSOB M Electric and Control System 71 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Discription Names and Funtions 1 Corresponding indoor unit tag Up to 16 indoor units be controlled by one centralized controller lf more than 16 indoor units the operation would failure Please set the indoor unit network address codes properly before use this controller The following table show the relation between the tag and the corresponding network Network address 10 Network address 8 The corresponding indication of the air conditioner reflects the working mode of its indoor unit blue means cooling or air supply mode red means heating mode 2 Single indoor unit On Off key Users could press this key to turn on or turn off the
196. nnecting copper pipe i Z M insulation cotton Sees repair insulation cotton A AA Firstly cut out the material longer than gap expend the two ends and embed the insulated cotton at last paste joint with glue Highlights of insulation repairing 1 Repaired length of insulation insulation tube with filled gap shall be 5 10cm longer than the length of gap under natural status 2 Sliver the cut of insulation to be repaired and cross section shall be even 3 Insert gap with insulation for repairing and cross section shall be pressed tightly 4 All cross section and cut need to be pasted with glue 5 Finally bind the seam with rubber plastic tape 6 Prohibit conducting insulation by using binder fabric in concealed section so as to avoid influencing insulation effect 6 2 Insulation of Condensate Water Pipe 6 2 1 Insulation of condensate water pipe 1 Select rubber plastic tube with burning retardant of rating B1 2 Thickness of insulation layer is usually above 10mm 3 The insulation material at water outlet of unit body should be pasted with glue on the unit body so as to avoid dewing and dripping 4 Pipe installed in wall shall not be conduct insulation 5 Use specific glue to paste the seam of insulation material and then bind with cloth tape The width of tape shall not be less than 5cm Make sure it is firm and avoid dewing 48 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 6 3 Insulation of Duct In
197. no Wire Joint 5p EN 2 i lt O O 5 Core Shield Cable the length is decided by installation Lem eem em eem eem sa mm mm mm mm mm mm m m mm m m Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box Note When the air conditioner needs the constant frequency wire Controller be sure adding a Wire Joint with 5 terminal named A B C D E in indoor unit and fixing a infrared emitter whose anode and cathode connecting with A and B near the receiver in the Indoor Unit Switch Board then connecting the terminal 5V GND Run in the Switch Board to C D E respectively 30 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 3 1 Wired controller KJR 10B IHHHHPO P C 200 eg 1 ON OFF button Mode selection button Mode selection button D f Timer on button Timer off button a Clock button 4 Ok button IG Reset button 8 8 Fan speed selection 9 Adjustbutton A 10X Adjust button Y ADC Swing button Economical button 12 Economical button COOL ONLY COOL and 13 Heating selection button Lock button 2 3 1 1 Appearance Apply to One way four way cassette Concealed duct Ceiling and floor Wall mounted type Button 3 For some machines with auxiliary electric heater this button may help with change the machines in to cooling mode only Factory default setting is cooling and heating mode bo
198. non protective welding If no sufficient nitrogen is charged into the refrigerant pipe being welded oxides will be generated on the inner wall of the copper pipe These oxides will block the refrigerant system which will lead to all kinds of malfunctions such as burn out the compressor poor cooling efficiency To avoid these problems charge nitrogen continuously into the refrigerant pipe during the brazing welding and ensure that the nitrogen passes through the operating point until the welding is completed and the copper pipe cools down completely The schematic diagram for nitrogen charging is shown below 17 ais welding part copper pipe 1 4 valve DEED hitfoz hn a a Bo SS KEE copper pip nitrogen charging high pressure flexible pipe Dum dine E nitrogen charging connecting fitting 30 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 3 Making Nitrogen Charging Pipe Joint When welding the pipe joint connect the nitrogen charging joint to the pipe fittings to be welded The nitrogen charging joint is shown below the pipe connected with nitrogen gas cylinder 6 4 d 19 05 15 88 12 7 9 52 o 7 94 4 Cautions for Welding Pipe Fittings 1 Adopt transition pipe 2 Charge nitrogen from the side of the short pipe because short distance may result in perfectible nitrogen replacement effect brazing welding part gt fan nitrogen copper pipe d
199. normal AC220V Remember to connect the adaptor s connector Outdoor CCM Power Transformer AC220V AC9 5V Power Supply Connector Wiring Sketch Map of Building Network Air conditioning System Electric and Control System 81 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Good method of peeling commumation wires Connect matched R120 in the end communication Connect matched R120 Q in t front end communication Connect matched R120 in the rear end communication Connect matched R120 Q in the end communication onnect matched R120 Q in gt rear end communicatio Notice 1 One computer can connect 16 outdoor central monitor 2 One outdoor central monitor can connect 32 outdoor units 3 You need connect resistors 1200 in the start and end of each K1 K2 E net 4 Communication wire masking end assure reliable grounding Remarks 1 In the wiring the part from Rs485 to Rs232 is only needed when connecting with PC And one PC can connect maximum 16 outdoor MD CCMO2 and 16 indoor MD CCMO3 The addresses of MD CCMO3 ranges from 0 to 15 while the MD CCMO 2 ones from 16 to 31 2 One outdoor centralized monitoring MD CCMO2 can connect maximum 32 outdoor units while one indoor MD CCMO3 E can connect maximum 64 indoor units 3 The address of outdoor CCM and the address of outdoor units are set by manual Please refer to their owner s manual for setting 2 4 4 4 Query and error codes Press QUERY
200. not issued to those in the shutdown status 15 Lock key In the mode setting mode press the Lock key and the remote controller of the currently selected air conditioner will be locked unlocked The operation mode is If you select single machine setting the operation is performed for the air conditioner of the current address only If the remote controller of the air conditioner is locked currently issue the lock command otherwise send the lock command If you does not select the single machine mode and the remote controller of one or more currently selected air conditioners is locked issue the unlock command if the remote controllers of all currently selected air conditioners are in the non locked status issue the remote controller lock command When the remote Electric and Control System 47 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System controller of the air conditioner is locked the air conditioner does not receive remote control signals from the remote controller or wire controller until the remote controller is unlocked Press the Query key and then press the Lock key and the keys of the centralized controller will be locked or unlocked If the keys are currently locked press the foregoing keys concurrently again and the keys will be unlocked if the keys are currently unlocked press the foregoing keys concurrently and the keys will be locked If the keys are locked pressing of any key other than the Unlock key will be ineffective
201. not to solve 4 The communication line between indoor units and outdoor units please use 3 core shielded wiring while don t use the multi core wiring without shielded affect for the interference is reduced each other 5 Purchased wiring parts and materials should be in compliance with the local and national regulations 6 All field wiring construction should be finished by qualified electrician 7 Air conditioning equipment should be grounded according to the relevant local and national electrical regulations 8 Current leakage protection switch should be installed select current leakage breaker in light of the 1 5 2 times of total loading rated current 9 When connecting wiring and wire holder use cable clamp to fix and make sure no exposure 10 Refrigerant piping system and wiring system of indoor and outdoor unit belongs to the different system 11 Do not connect the power wire to the terminal of signal wire 12 When power wire is parallel with signal wire put wires to their own wire tube and remain proper gap the current capacity of power wire is 10A below 300mm 50A below 500mm 13 Voltage discrepancy of power wire terminal side of power transformer and end voltage side of unit should be less than 2 If its length could not be shortened thicken the power wire Voltage discrepancy between phases shall not pass 2 rated value and Current discrepancy between highest and lowest phase should be less than 3 rated value 1 5
202. nt and heating 4 The smallest sectional area should satisfy the requirement of mechanical strength Sectional area of core to phase line S mm Smallest sectional area of PE line mm When earth protection line shortly called PE line is made of material the same as phase line the smallest sectional area of PE line should be in accordance with the regulation below Sectional area of core to phase line S mm2 Smallest sectional area of PE line mm2 Distribution highlights of distribution wiring 1 When distributing wiring select wirings with different colors for phase line zero line and protection earth according to relevant regulations 2 The power wire and control wire of concealed engineering is prohibited to bind together with refrigerant piping It is necessary to pass through wire tube and be distributed separately and the gap between control line and power wire should be 500mm at least 3 When distributing wiring by passing through pipe the following should be paid attention to 1 Metal wire tube could be used in indoor and outdoor but it is not suitable to place with acid alkali corrosion 2 Plastic wire tube is generally used in indoor and place with corrosion but it is not suitable to situation with mechanical damage 3 The wiring through pipe shall not be in the form with ends jointing If joint is a must connection box 50 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation should be installed at the corresponding
203. nventen compressor Module malfunction lt DO generar low voltage proton NES DC generatrix high voltage protection PA i gt 0000 ol MoEmawoinsmuaneos oydeWop i5 T i wed uw Wo pase protection L8 Speed aiference gt 15Hzprotecion between he front and tne back olodk i9 Speed diference gt 15Hz protection between the real and he setting speed 4 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 1 E0 Outdoor unit communication malfunction Outdoor Unit E Display Dioni Slave unit displays Error If some ODU compose a combination we need to connect the H1 H2 E Explanation terminals of ODU correctly Moreover we should switch master unit to address 0 slave 1 unit to 1 slave 2 unit to 2 slave 3 unit to 3 Address 4 and the above are invalid Supposed 1 Something wrong with the signal lines Causes 2 Master ODU is not on or fails 3 The control boards of slave ODU break down Troubleshooting Master ODU should be assigned address 0 and slave ODU 1 to 3 each of them should system ODU addresses are assigned incorrectly not be the same as others in a The joints of H1 H2 E Check the H1 H2 E signal lines are loose or the signal finem ue A de Should be connected tightly and wires are not broken short circuits Chip is defective or Reinstall the chip or replace it installed incorrectly with a fine one Main control board is y Rep
204. oard 12 Electric expansion valve drive port Port for electric auxiliary heater Indoor evaporator outlet pipe temp detect port n ambient and evaporator middle part temp detect Im rotor ovine wiry progam Error code amp indication Without address when first time power on Time LED and run LED flash together MM O OOOO Auto Addressing 1 Auto Addressing is an indoor address distributed method which will automatically done by outdoor unit without manual addressing When the unit is under testing as the outdoor and indoor units are powered on simultaneously the outdoor unit will automatically distribute different address to every indoor unit in less than 10 minutes 2 With regarding to the customer s desire of some kind fixed address or regular addresses for all indoor units it can be achieved by wireless remote controller Electric and Control System 9 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 1 5 Electric Wiring Installations 1 5 1 Highlights of electrical installation 1 Please separately design the special power of indoor units and outdoor units 2 The power adopts special circuit and installs creepage protector and manual switch 3 The indoor units power creepage protector and manual switch connecting to the same outdoor unit must be general All indoor units must be the same circuit and must simultaneously on or off otherwise system life will seriously effect and appear the situation
205. ocking command 3 Ifthe air conditioner is inthe mode of locking press X D to select cooling locking and heating locking indicating press Confirm to send the selected unlock command to all air conditioners 5 How to lock and unlock the key board of the weekly timer central controller Under the main interface Press and hold Query and then press Lock 6 How to set the function and relevant parameters of the weekly timer of the air conditioner Electric and Control System 65 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Under the main interface See 1 Press Pregram to enterthe setting status interface of single air conditioner press the button repeatedly to select Single and All alternately displaying Sel Ifselect sigle press A jto select ona La JL JCB Press conam to select air conditionerto press Canai to cancelthe selectionand the next step E return to the last step 2 Selecting All indicatesto set the weekly timer parameters of all air conditioners and AN isdisplayed Selecting Single displaysthe address ofthe air conditioner for example ifthe air conditioner whose addressis12isselected 12 is displayed 3 Press lt IL gt to select the day ofthe week Press Cancel tocancelthe selection and Teturntothe last step a ress conirm to select the day of the wee to the next step
206. oil pollution should be eliminated Gap should be in accordance with regulation below 1 If duct is installed horizontally gap should be no more than 4m when diameter or edge length is less than or equal to 400mm while the gap should be no more than 3m when diameter or edge length is more than 400mm 2 If duct is installed vertically gap should be no more than 4m and make sure there is at least 2 fixed points on single straight pipe 2 Supporting hanging and mounting bracket could not be installed at air opening valve checking door and automatically controlled device and distance to air opening or plugged tube shall not be less than 200mm 3 Hanging bracket should not be hung above flange 4 Thickness of flange gasket should be 3 5mm Gasket should be flat on flange and inserting to pipe is not allowed Set up fixed points at proper place for hanging pipe to prevent vibration 5 Vertical splice seam of duct should be stagger Make sure there is no vertical seam at the bottom of duct installed horizontally As for the installation of flexible short duct keep proper tightness and no distortion 6 All metal parts including supporting hanging and mounting bracket on pipeline system engineering should be conducted anti corrosion treatment 5 4 Installation of Assembly 1 The regulating device of duct should be installed in place where is easy to operate flexible and Installation 45 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation reliable
207. oller parameters being queried In the setting page press the OK key to send the setting information except the locking In the setting page set signal to the air conditioner the operation mode of the air conditioner Enter the air conditioner setting page to shift between single machine setting and dope seing In the setting page set the fan speed of the air Ze conditioner conditioner query pages In the setting page 1 Up and Down keys shift to the timing start for selecting rows up shut down setting 2 Left and Right keys page for selecting columns eoo TA T i Joute AM A JS RESET In the centralized In the setting page controller resetting page swing function is press the Reset key enabled or disabled 1 Query key Any time when you press the key the selected operation mode is to query the operation status of the air conditioner By default the first in service air conditioner will be queried Through the Increase and Decrease keys you can change the parameter page to be queried through the Up Down Left and Right keys you can change to query status of other in service air conditioners 2 Set key In other display mode press the key to enter the setting mode By default it is single setting and the first in service air conditioner is displayed In setting operation mode press the key again and the operation will be performed for all air conditioners in the network Press the
208. om 16 31 Every time we press the address button of a CCMO2 the corresponding CCMO 2 s address increase by 1 When the address come to the end 31 press the key again could make the address back to the starting address 16 Indicator Display Indicator light will be on when the CCMO2 is powered on CCMO02 LOCKED 76 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Press this button to start the lock mode In lock mode all the buttons cannot lock except the LOCK button Press LOCK button again to cancel this mode Electricity consumption query CCMO 2 allows user check each outdoor units electricity consumption To realize this function each outdoor unit should be installed with an ammeter The ammeter DTS634 DT636 can be purchased from Midea Company Buttons and Functions O ADDRESS LOCK 1 QUERY Push it to enter into the query state 2 PREVIOUS On the query state press it to query in default the running status of a previous online air conditioner 3 NEXT On the query state press it to query in default the running status of a previous online air conditioner 4 PAGE UP Press the PAGE UP button when choosing an online air conditioner on the query mode to display the parameters in previous page 5 PAGE DOWN Press the PAGE DOWN button when choosing an online air conditioner on the query mode to display the parameters in next page 6 SET Press SET button to enter into Set Page
209. on Push Y the button to decrease the indoor temperature setting or to adjust the TIMER in a counter clockwise direction TURBO Button Push this button on COOL mode the air conditioner goes into powerful cooling operation Push again to cancel the TURBO function SLEEP Button Press this button to go into the Energy Saving operation mode Press it again to cancel This function is only can be used on COOL HEAT and AUTO mode and maintain the most comfortable temperature for you NOTE While the unit is running under SLEEP operation mode it would be canceled if you press the other button RESET Button When you press the recessed RESET button all current settings are cancelled and the control will return to the initial settings FAN Button Used to select the Fan Speed in four steps AUTO LOW MED or HIGH Each time the button is pressed the fan speed mode is shifted 26 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System TIMER Button This button is used to preset the time ON start to operate and the time OFF turn off the operation CANCEL Button Push this button to cancel the TIMER ON OFF settings CLOCK Button Use to set the time LED Button Press this button to clear the digit display in the air conditioner press it again to activate it LOCK Button When you press the LOCK button all current settings are locked in and the remote controller does not accept any operation except that of the LOCK Pres
210. one DC Inverter Compressor offer a high efficiency and energy saving solution SN R NSENSSNSSNSSR 2 2 2 High efficiency DC Fan motor saving power 5096 According to the running load and pressure it controls the speed of DC fan to achieve the min energy consume to reach the best effect e Used across entire range of models from 8 to 72 HP e Efficiency improvement by up to 45 especially at low speed Pressure sensor DC Fan motor General Information R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1000 DC Motor fan adopt 18 steps vector speed adjustment Wdy 200 High Pressure Efficiency Rotor Speed Curve D Motor rotor speed waves among 5rpm and can rapidly match DC Inverter Compressor to output and enhance efficiency in part load 2 2 3 Optimize heat exchange design Heat exchange efficiency increase 1096 12 C Sub cooling degree makes the cooling capacity increased efficiently Innovative designed 43 C outdoor unit high efficiency heat exchanger one 109 4 F time can reach up to 12 C sub cooling degree reduces the system resistance and improves reliability 2 3 More flexible design 2 3 1 External static pressure enhanced up to 40 Pa and air volume increase 10 Applied high static pressure propeller fan and the optimum fan guard for high external static pressure to respond to a range of various installation environments Midea now offers up to
211. only one group of communication wire of DOE achieved both of communication for indoor amp outdoor unit and network e reversible communication central controller can connect from indoor side or outdoor side at will a E E EE E anes ESA SSS uns 0 Z CH men 4 The high low pressure valves adopt the Stop Valves which has screwed Convenient electronic control check window Can directly thread nipple joint can be connected the Meter connector directly for observe the operation status from the LED display and more convenience in air tight test And also make more efficient and easy directly press the FORCE COOLING CHECK button for installation Self diagnosis function and four digit Digital display help service engineer to find out the fault fast and easily 8 General Information MCAC VTSM 2012 09 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz 3 Model Line Up Outdoor units Combination Unit 8 10 HP 124446HP HP F ee EE vc DER CER CHA CEA NEA A NA NA A Rh s o M AA AA a RN H soo A E A A A A E CUM OB CUM Um E bh S E 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 HP A 8 w e ees CER AN 18HP model will be available at the end for 2012 The above recommended combination pattern will be changed at that time General Information 9 R410a DC Inverter V4 Plus K Series 50Hz MCAC VTSM 2012 09 4 Units Combination M s E Recommend
212. onnect with the indoor unit Available wiring diagram 88 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Matching resistance of the communication termnus 1200 Indoor Unit 16 Matching resistance of the communication termnus 1200 Indoor Unit 1 Indoor Unit 2 DDD Multifunctional controller Water Heater 2 4 5 4 Error and Diagnosis 1 If the centralized controller can not detect the indoor units and does not display the icons EB EB en FB EB EB EB EB ER ER 5 Check the wiring from the malfunction indoor unit to the controller Please make sure that the joint are tied steadily and the wiring obeys the hand in hand rule 2 if the centralized controller can not detect the water heater and does not display the shower icon then check whether the P Q E of the controller is connected to the communicative line X Y E of the water heater correctly If it weren t connected to the water heater directly it would not display the shower icon Note KJRF 180A MBT E or KJRF 180A1 MBT E does not display the error code of the indoor unit Electric and Control System 89 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 4 6 Mode Lock Controller KJR 31B E KJR 31B E is a wired centralized mode lock controller With this device we could lock the mode of all the units connected to this controller to avoid mode conflict When the mode conflict happens e g some indoor units request coo
213. ontroller MD CCMO09 E eccerre 53 2 4 3 General controller KJR 90B M eese eene nennen nennen nnne 71 2 4 5 Wire controller KJRF 180A MBT E and KJRF 180A1 MBTG E eren 83 2 5 Network Control System geegent 95 2 5 1 Building gateway MD CCMO8 E ccccccceccccececccscsseeseeseueeeeeeeeeseeeeeceeeeseseess 95 2 5 2 Building gateway MD CCMOAE nennen nennen ns 99 2 5 3 Modbus BMS gateway GateWav lt 101 SEENEN 102 2 6 1 Digital ammeter D TSG2ATDTG2p e eene nennen nnns 102 2 6 2 Hotel card insert accessories MD NIMOBJ E eeeeen nnn 104 2 6 3 Infrared Sensor MD NIMO9 E e eemeneenennem ennt 107 2 6 4 Computer diagnostic modules and software MCAC DIAG E ssec 110 Electric and Control System 1 O C o o E 53 on OD o W COD o Y Ge E O A O MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 Electric System Wiring Diagrams and Field Wiring Electric and Control System Wiring diagrams and field wiring please refer to 6 Wiring Diagrams and field wiring of Part 2 Specification 4 Performance Description of Main Control Board of Outdoor unit T gt res pem O ab EL c 5 lt lt o c i QU d ec 20 O o 0 No Os S gt em N 5002 2 O os Oo Own Les m En 3 BR FEF A Leg FAA E a gf mm m FEB es a 36 5 Tx 1 CH fa illae F gen A s amp k LES HC sa i m a m D P D ho ki i P WW MA TY T ke 4 i 5 Y
214. ort or defective The chip s pins do not match correctly or the chip is defective ee Main control board is defective T4 port on PCB is loose Fasten the T4 port Replace the sensor Insert the chip correctly or replace it with a fine one Replace the main control board Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 9 E5 Voltage malfunction Outdoor Unit E 5 Display Error ODU displays E5 Explanation Supposed The voltage is too high or too low Causes Troubleshooting The voltage is too Check the power source high or too low should be stable Check the high voltage wire whether the Replace the inverter moduler or compressor and fan motor are short circuit gt Insert the chip correctly or replayit with a fine chip 1s defective Main control board is gt Replace the main defective control board repaire the circuit the inverter module output 1s error The chip s pin do not match correctly or the Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 3 6 E7 Outdoor Unit Display Error Explanation Supposed Causes MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Ambient temp sensor malfunction E7 ODU displays E7 Poor connection between discharge temp sensor and mainboard Sensing bulb is not connected to the compressor Chip fault or chip foot sheds off or chip is inverted Mainboard error a adi an Troubleshooting
215. ort should be connected to the computer s COM port using the RS 232 communicative standard LonWorks This port uses a removable connecting way to help user connect the LonWorks network conveniently DC POWER MD CCM07 is an active gateway so MD CCMO 7 inquires a power supply of DC 24V This port should be connected to the DC power adaptor 2 5 2 Network control software MDV WLJKXT E V3 1 Firebird Please refer to installation and operation manual of eh generation network control software 100 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 5 3 Modbus BMS gateway GateWay01 E GateWay01 E support the Modbus protocol network bridge the Midea central AC system to the BMS compose a Modbus network of up to 1024 indoor units and 64 outdoor units lt gt support the Modbus protocol network lt gt Each GateWay01 E can connect 1 CCMO2 and 1 CCMO3 64 indoor units and 4 outdoor units lt gt Maximum 16 GateWay01 E can be connected to one Modbus network lt gt One Modbus network can connect up to 1024 indoor units and 64 outdoor units lt gt Transfer the information via the RTU mode lt gt Wide voltage 12 48V DC adaptable Network example Indoor Units vac B be d J ggg CCMO3 ut e F1 F2 E H 1 ya a i E K1 K2 E gt s zi Modbus Outdoor Units Gateway F Mes pt J 64 mmm Se ee eee CCMO03 D E g Gateway CCMO02 a Max 16 5
216. otor and Security High pressure switch OFF 44 1 kg cm ON 32 1 kg cm OFF 0 3 1 kg cm ON 1 0 1 kg cm Temperature sensor Devices HP LP T3 T4 25 C 10KQ Temperature sensor condenser outlet ambient Discharge Thermostat Inverter Fixed NN 9 thermostat discharge BW130C ON 130C OFF 85C Pressure High pressure sensor Sensor HPSH discharge Model YLCGQ 45CP2 7K6J10 Character Vout 1 1603 P 0 5 MPa PMV Electronic expansion valve VPF 32D40 Foshan Hualu Parts Solenoied valve FDF2A 217 PK FDF6A 049 PK etc Zhejiang Dunan Symbol MDV 400 14 W DRN1 C MDV 450 16 W DRN1 C FIX1 Fixed speed compressor E605DH 59D2YG E655DH 65D2YG GC Compressor i WZDK560 38G A YDK380 4D 1 WZDK560 38G A YDK380 4D 1 an motor 560 380 560 380 Motor and Devices AGENS D High pressure switch OFF 44 1 kg cm ON 32 1 kg cm Temperature sensor T t e 25 C 10KQ emperature sensor condenser outlet ambient Discharae Thermostat Inverter Fixed m uelut discharge BW130C ON 130C OFF 85 C Pressure High pressure sensor G HPSH discharge Model YLCGQ 45CP2 7K6J10 Character Vout 1 1603 P 0 5 MPa Functional Electronic expansion valve VPF 32D40 2 sets Foshan Hualu Parts Solenoied valve FDF2A 217 PK FDF6A 049 PK etc Zhejiang Dunan Functional 57 Accessories MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Part 4 Installation 1 Installation Introduction 2
217. oubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 2 Air Conditioner Protection in Common 2 1 Compressor protection When power is on or machine stops then restarts right away outdoor unit will run in 3 minutes to protect the compressor from too frequent starts and stops 2 2 When the protection device functions running stops Refer to the following 1 forced to start but not possess the start article and display light lights 2 When cooling running inlet and outlet of outdoor unit are blocked outside strong air blows into outdoor unit s outlet 3 When heating running dust adheres to air filter to block inlet or outlet of outdoor unit Note when protecting please cut manual power switch After checking the reason and solving it restart 2 3 Power fails D If power supply fails while machine is running normally system will record this 2 When the machine is powered on again the running light of wire controller would flash to inform user about this 3 Press the on off key of wire controller to confirm this before restart the system Note When running if system takes place mistaken operation or lighter please pull down the power supply switch to cut it off Before restarting machines please press the on off key again as above Troubleshooting 3 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 Malfunction Code and Troubleshooting If there is phenomenon as follows please stop air conditioner running and cut power supply and refer to the fo
218. oubleshooting Troubleshooting 7 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Communication lines is short or cut off Measure the resistance between P and Q Remove the interference or use the device that can filter somewhere Some IDU are assigned the same address lines Some IDU s power are cut off Communication 18 not installed Communication wires are not installed as line shape correctly The signal lines are interfered by high voltage power Communication lines are too close to electromagnetic out the interference interference lines Communication Adjust the lines or use signal repeater are too long The IC on control Take the IC out and insert it correctly Or replace the IC board is not insert e g e with a same one correctly Replace the main 3 control board Main control board isl defective 8 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting Remarks 1 Press indoor unit s receiver button for 5 seconds the indoor units communication address code is displayed press it for 10 seconds capacity code is displayed Check every unit s address code If the indoor unit have no digital display the indicator light show the address as the follow table Cade 8 4 lz li The buzzer is not alarm the light is on address code is between 00 15 The buzzer is not alarm the light is flashing address code is between 1
219. p is defective or is installed incorrectly Main control board is gt Replace the main control board defective Remarks When system appear 3 times PO or P4 protection in 100 minutes system will auto shut down and display H6 malfunction which can recover only by restarting the machine At this time malfunction should be promptly treated to avoid further damage Troubleshooting 21 Troubleshooting 3 15 P1 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 15 P1 High pressure protection Outdoor Unit Display Error P1 One ODU displays P1 and changes to protecting standby state Explanation Refrigerant is excess Supposed Causes Refrigerant does not loop smoothly The refrigerant loop contains air Control board is defective PUNH Troubleshooting 22 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting DI High pressure protection R22 refrigerant system protects at 3 3M pa recovers at 2 4 MPa R410 refrigerant system protects at 4 4 MPa recovers at 3 2 MPa f Heat exchanging of ODI is not efficient This may be caused by dirty heat exchanger abnormal ODU fan running ar flaw keeping off to the heat exchanger ODU are too near to each other System s liquid refrigerant loop is blocked This may be caused by blocked valve pressed tube closed blocked valve Refrigerant is excess In this circumstance the refrigerant s low pressure is high so is the high pressure side whi
220. pe first zum Cap or plastic bag su Rain entering into the pipe W ih Kan je mir 30m i A pp LL CIT rmm WIERK FE EL HILL MAMA i IHR b 1 i i Ringer Flex 3 1 3 Processing of copper pipe 3 1 3 1 Pipe cutting 1 Tool Use a pipe cutter instead of a saw or cutting machine to cut the pipe Installation 27 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 2 Correct operation procedure Rotate the pipe evenly and slowly and apply force to it Cut the pipe off while ensuring that it does not deform 3 Risk if a saw or cutting machine is used to cut pipe Copper chip will enter the pipe in this case it will be very hard to clean up or which may even enter the compressor or blocking the throttling unit 3 1 3 2 Rectify opening of copper pipe 1 Purpose Clear out the burr at the opening of the copper pipe clean the inside of the pipe and rectify the opening of the pipe so as to avoid scratch at the opening to be sealed during flaring 2 Operation procedure 1 Use a scraper to remove the inner spurs When doing so keep the opening of the pipe downwards to avoid copper chip from entering the pipe 2 After the chamfering is completed use veiling to remove the copper chip out of the pipe 3 Ensure no scar of produced so as to avoid the pipe from getting broken during flaring 4 If the pipe end obviously deforms cut the end off and then cut the pipe again 3 1 3 3 Pipe expansion 1 Purpose Expand the openi
221. peration Push the button again to stop the unit operation FAN SPEED This button is used for setting Fan Speed in the sequence that goes from AUTO LOW MED to HIGH then back to Auto QD TEMP Push the button to increase the indoor temperature setting or to adjust the TIMER in a clockwise direction VENT Push this button to set the ventilating mode The ventilating mode will operate in the following sequence K Continuous Auto St Note ventilation function is available for the fresh air series LCD display indications Electric and Control System 21 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 4 1 TRANSMISSION Indicator 2 MODE Display 3 HEAT PUMP ONLY LOCK display 4 TIMER Display 5 FAN Display 6 Digital Display Area 22 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 2 2 Wireless remote controller R05 BGE RMO5 BG T E A pply for Ceili Lg F E RTA Model ROS BGE Rated Voltage 3 0V 2 pieces of LRO3 7 batteries 2RN Lowest Voltage 2 4V Effective Distance 8M 11M Operation Condition 5 C 60 C 2 2 3 1 Buttons and functions descriptions Goseseting Adjust T ST C 2 Fan speed sating D Adjust A FAN 2 w Fa 7 Et a ON ON OFF amp 6 Airdiredionsetbng a T m Ba geb i in n A n i Time setting BWIHG AIKERECTIOR LEN Horiz swing
222. performance for 8 16HP MCAC VTSM 2012 09 5 Wiring Diagrams and Field Wiring 5 1 Wiring Diagrams Sg UO 1E9 sq uc 382 1031104 401 uou geek essen rsen nnne enhn enhn nh nh hh nn QUO SLL Lummen Um 043020 EI 19394 4MOYI jes quad sq 1un A Dr eps a mua OL SMOLIN GL espe 0 d eseud aal A Buruinzas 110 el Ad PAM di Noga E pjeog 043u0 a is Aa c r y ex ui CIO r J Y D D vsssssscbssssssabsssanass dsssssnaslssaansssnarsssnsssssslehssnssss ann ns enn ee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ll al e ml ne nal ns ne p a LE 3 X LAE CIL EE Laer m SS3HOQV 13N PIBOg x O USC j041009 uit O O Es r uy au Usjs s 343 u2jeu i DR w LL l Hr GE Dipcg 193 4 8uru3u1 E 13292104 SP i3 a uS EE 7490 tasa YIMOd WON NI S WON D E ZONJ ONJ LONS Gel ozn i Led wees 10suas Aus 100pin i i GMS Josuas Ont adid Jasuapuoy E Zi SE KI paeoq 3993041d 8u1u3u317 E al mm E E 4osuss duo 23Jeuos p yg 1098944109 u dHOL 8 di Hh 9NI113S SLINA NOOQInO i dH8l 9L PL OL 8 mem Rp mra lo 4 EE WI i Eg Ajer jixny i NO SMS i i gou CIYNO LIOS TO YILW OL CBNOTIY LON SI ZINI 30 9NILISS IHL LI IQIIMS SMS peog 3u oe ep 1u944n5 KE RAR EZL061560Z0Z y 30 41032npu 3u944n23 1291 t y Specification and p
223. place 4 The wiring with different voltage should not pass through the same wire tube 5 Total sectional area of wiring through wire tube shall not exceed 40 valid area of stuffing tube 6 Fixing point of wire tube support shall follow the standard below CES 3 IE 8 1 Nominal diameter of wire tube Largest gap between fixed points of wire tube Control System and Installation Connecting highlights of control line RS 485 communication 1 The control line should be shielded wire Using other wiring shall create signal interference thus leading to error operation 2 Single end to shield net of shielded wire should be grounded Note The shield net should be grounded at the wiring terminal of outdoor unit The inlet and outlet wire net of indoor communication wire should be connected directly and could not be grounded and form open circuit at the shield net of final indoor unit 3 Control wire could not be bound together with refrigerant pipeline and power wire When power wire and control wire is distributed in parallel form keep gap between them above 300mm so as to preventing signal interference 4 Control wire could not form closed loop 5 Control wire has polarity so be careful when connecting Installation 51 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 8 Commissioning 8 1 Work before Commissioning 8 1 1 Inspection and confirmation before Commissioning 1 Check and confirm that refrigeration pipe line and communication wir
224. r g 9 99 99999 99 ot o S Infra red sensor 3 KJR 10B Display panel Wire controller CN2 MD NIMOS E ol Infra red inductive controller box Indoor unit main control box Tssesssgsesgspsgsesgssggsengssggsggsessgssgggsges e ss seg As show above the MD NIMOS E has 3 connecting port CN1 is used for connecting the wire controller CN2 is used for connecting the indoor unit s display panel CN3 is used for connecting the infrared sensor The switch S1 stands for on T Turn off the indoor units in 1 hour after users leave Turn off the indoor units in 0 5 hour after users leave Reserved Electric and Control System 107 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 6 3 2 How to use The general function of MD NIMOS E is turning down the indoor unit automatically So users should run the indoor unit firstly and adjust the temperature fan speed etc via the wire controller Once set users do not need to turn down the indoor unit The MD NIMO9 will turn it down automatically after the users leave Once the users come to the infrared sensor s detective area the MD NIMO9 turn the indoor unit on and runs it at the status which is set previously 2 6 3 3 Installation Dimensions 25 6mm Infrared sensor aemm Control box Connecting and Assembly qe otep 1 otep 2 otep 4 108 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Contro
225. r ensure that the bender is clean before inserting it in the copper pipe 3 When using a spring bender ensure that the bending angle does not exceed 90 otherwise twinkle will Installation 29 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation appear on the inner side of the pipe and the pipe may easily get broken 4 Ensure that the pipe does not sink during the bending process ensure that the cross section of the bending pipe is larger than 2 3 of the original area otherwise it cannot be used twinkle will easily appear on this side the pipe sink easily on the side 3 1 4 Brazing welding operation 3 1 4 1 Selecting refrigerant pipe 1 All pipe use shall comply with national or local standards for example pipe diameter material thickness etc 2 Specification Seamless phosphorus to oxygenate copper pipe 3 Try best to use straight pipe or coil and avoid too much brazing welding Note Select the pipes according to the pipe diameters shown below O coil 1 2H straight pipe Outer Minimum Outer Minimum Outer Minimum Material Material Material Diameter Thickness Diameter Thickness Diameter Thickness wx o os eo o vo ew o oe eme wn v2 gt enr o oe ese ww v2 ess o ro ome ww v3 3 1 4 2 Nitrogen filling for protecting copper pipe during brazing welding 1 Purpose Avoid oxide scale from appearing on the inner wall of the copper pipe in the high temp 2 Risks of
226. r of outdoor unit and following table E g In system 8Hpx1unit 8Hpx unit 10Hpx 1 unit Total Ho 26Hp Table 6 4 size of wire 35mm2 within 50m 5 Wiring b between branch box and power equipment Depends on the number of combined outdoor unit If fewer than 5 the diameter is the same as that of main wire a if more than 6 there will be 2 electric control boxes and the diameter of wiring depends on the total horsepower of outdoor units connecting to each electric control box and following table 5 3 3 Reference table of the cable size for each capacity Min Diameter of wiring mm Total capacity HP from weather proof isolator to ODU Below 20 m 20 to 50m O O MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance Remark The above selection is just for reference it should be considered that the cable layout space between cable and surroundings etc for an actual electrical project Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 6 Operation Limits Cooling 50 Heating Clemes 45 JL d 30 2 40 29 x m D 20 O 30 9 45 25 10 S 20 So 5 6 ab Q lt 45 eE 0489 E z E o o E o o rm o 5 gt 40 55 gt X o 9 gt 45 Se ES 5 20 10 10 15 20 25 30 35 10 15 20 25 30 35 Indoor temperature C WB Indoor temperature C DB EE Outdoor temp Indoor temp Room relative humidity Cooling mode 5 C 48 C 17 C 32 C below 80 Heating mode 15 C 30 Notes 1 If
227. r outlet could not be installed on the lifting part otherwise water shall be discharged to ceiling or could not be discharged 4 5 Overflowing Water Test and Water Passing Test 4 5 1 Overflowing water test After finishing the construction of drainage pipe system fill the pipe with water and keep it for 24 hours to check whether there is leakage at joint section 4 5 2 Water passing test 1 Natural drainage mode Infuse water containing plate with above 600ml water through check port slowly and observe transparent hard pipe at drainage outlet to confirm whether it can discharge water 2 Pump drainage mode 1 Remove plug of water level switch remove water finding cover and slowly infuse water containing plate with about 2000ml water through water finding port to prevent touching the motor of drainage pump 42 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 2 Power on and let the air conditioner operate for cooling Check operation status of drainage pump and then turn on water level switch check operation sound of pump and observe transparent hard pipe at drainage outlet to confirm whether it can discharge water In light of the length of drainage pipe water shall be discharged after delaying about 1 minute 3 Stop the operation of air conditioner turn down power supply and put water finding cover to the original place a After stopping the operation of air conditioner check whether there is something abnormal 3 minutes lat
228. ract 3 After removing the outer package please keep the operation instructions well and count the accessories 2 2 2 Hoisting outdoor unit Do not remove any package before the hoisting Use two ropes to hoist the machine keep the machine in balance and then raise it safely and steadily In case of no package or if the package is damaged use plates or packing material to protect it When conveying and hoisting the outdoor unit keep it upright ensure that the slope does not exceed 30 and keep safety in mind 2 2 3 Selecting installation position 1 Ensure that the outdoor unit is installed in a dry well ventilated place Installation 17 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 2 Ensure that the noise and exhaust ventilation of the outdoor unit do not affect the neighbors of the property owner or the surrounding ventilation 3 Ensure that the outdoor unit is installed in a well ventilated place that is possibly closest to the indoor unit 4 Ensure that the outdoor unit is installed in a cool place without direct sunshine exposure or direct radiation of a high temperature heat source 5 Do not install the outdoor unit in a dirty or severely polluted place so as to avoid blockage of the heat exchanger in the outdoor unit 6 Do not install the outdoor unit in a place with oil pollution salt or high content of harmful gases such as sulfurous gas 2 2 4 Base for outdoor unit 1 A solid correct base can 1 Avoid the outdoor unit
229. ralized controller enables the startup shutdown operation and sends commands to unlock the remote controller of all air conditioners The locking status of the remote controller can be locked or unlocked by the computer or centralized controller separately The locking status of the centralized controller is memorized after power failure of the centralized controller and will not vanish after the power supply is restored unless the command of unlocking is received 5 Mode locking function After the mode locking command is received the command is forwarded to the air conditioner and the centralized controller displays the mode locking flag After the command of unlocking is received the non conflict mode can be selected freely The centralized controller can also lock modes of all indoor units 6 Emergent shutdown and compulsory startup When the emergent shutdown switch of the centralized controller is shorted all air conditioners in the network of the centralized controller will shut down compulsorily The centralized controller and computer and all functional modules are disabled from startup and shutdown until the foregoing switch is open When the compulsory startup switch of the centralized controller is shorted all air conditioners in the network of the centralized controller will start up compulsorily In default conditions they will run in the cooling mode The startup and shutdown operations of the centralized controller and the computer
230. rant pipe equivalent length H Height difference between outdoor and indoor unit Positive data means outdoor unit is top Negative data means outdoor unit is down SO Selection Procedure MCAC VTSM 2011 09 Selection Procedure 1 4 2 Heating capacity modification Modification coefficient of the length and high difference of refrigerant pipe H m 7O 60 50 40 30 V 20 o 100 99 98 97 96 95 93 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 110 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 L m L Refrigerant pipe equivalent length H Height difference between outdoor and indoor unit Positive data means outdoor unit is top Negative data means outdoor unit is down Selection Procedure e P Selection Procedure MHVAC VTSM 2010 03 2 Unit Selection Based on cooling load 2 1 Given condition 2 1 1 Design condition Cooling Indoor 20 C WB Outdoor 35 C DB 2 1 2 Cooling load Location Roma rooms roomc Romo RoomE RoomF EH 2 1 3 Power supply unit Outdoor 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz Indoor 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 2 1 4 Pipe length 50m 2 1 5 Height difference 30m 2 2 Indoor unit selection Select the suitable capacity for condition of Indoor 20 C WB Outdoor 35 C DB using indoor unit capacity table The selected result is
231. rch is finished the centralized controller enters the mode setting page and sets the first in service air conditioner by default 2 Network area address of centralized controller The local computer or gateway can be connected with 16 centralized controllers for communication Each centralized controller serves as an area of the air conditioner network The centralized controllers are differentiated by bit selection address The configurable range is 0 15 3 State indications If any local keypad operation is setting the operation status of the air conditioner the indicator is on when the signals are sent Upon completion of the setting process the indicator goes off If an in service air conditioner in the network is faulty or the centralized controller network itself is faulty the indicator will blink at 2Hz If one or more in service air conditioners in the network are running including under setting of timing 42 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System start shutdown the indicator will be luminous Otherwise the indicator is off 4 Locking of centralized controller After receiving the centralized controller locking command sent from the computer the centralized controller disables the startup shutdown and setting of the air conditioner and sends commands to lock remote controllers of all air conditioners in the network of the centralized controller After receiving the unlocking command the cent
232. respectively The resistance should be more or less mega Ohms Troubleshooting 33 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 3 3 Measure the current of the compressor s U V W terminal respectively which should be more or less the same by e g current flow table clamp They should be AA at the frequency of 35 Hertz 4 P6 appears after the compressor turns on with difficulties 4 Check the module according to step 3 first 4 2 If the module works make the machine standby for 4 hours with power supply which can help heating the refrigerant and oil adequately 4 3 Start the fixed frequency compressor only for 3S to 5S The great startup pressure could wash the impurity away in the tube 4 4 If the compressor s frequency climb to 37 Hertz of above in 2S after turning on then there s something wrong with the compressor Check the compressor 4 5 If the compressor s current is normal the malfunction appears on the control board Please replace it D In normal situation LED 1 Flash in 1 Hz slowly flash when standby LED 1 On when running LED 2 Off Phenomenon A LED2 red ON LED green Flashes 8 times and stops for 1S then repeat Error Inverter module failure Phenomenon B LED2 red ON LED green Flashes 9 times and stops for 1S then repeat 34 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting Error Low voltage protection Here are 3 circumstances a The voltage between the two electrolytic capacitors 1s l
233. s E g The pipe a j in the above drawing Please refer to the following table Table 4 3 KEE 1 1 2 2 Selection of the branches and indoor main pipe E g The branches A I and indoor main pipe L2 L9 in the above drawing Please refer to the following table Table 4 4 The capacity of downward The indoor main pipe dimension mm Tm The branches indoor units x 100W Liquid pipe A 166 015 9 FQZHN 01C 166 lt A lt 230 019 1 FQZHN 01C 230 lt A lt 330 022 2 FQZHN 02C Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 330SA lt 460 28 6 12 7 FQZHN 03C 460SA lt 660 28 6 615 9 FQZHN 03C 660SA lt 920 631 8 19 1 FQZHN 03C 920SA lt 1350 38 1 19 1 FQZHN 04C 1350 lt A lt 1800 041 3 22 2 FQZHN 05C 1800SA 044 5 25 4 FQZHN 05C 1 1 2 3 Selection of the main pipe L1 E g The main pipe L1 in the above drawing Please refer to the following table Table 4 5 When total equivalent length lt 90m mm mm distributor mm mm branch Notice If the total indoor units capacity is more than the total outdoor units please select the main pipe dia according to the bigger one E g when the total capacity of 16HP 16HP 14HP paralleled outdoor units is 46HP if the total pipe length is more than 90m the pipe dia is 41 3 and 22 2 according to the above table While the total indoor units capacity is 136kW the pipe dia is 044 5 and 22 2 according to the No 1 1 2 2 table Then according to the principle
234. s again to cancel the LOCK mode O Button optional Push this button to activate the oxygen generating mechanism and the oxygen density of indoor varies Push again to stop the function 2 2 4 2 LCD display indications Transmission Indicator This transmission indicator lights when remote controller transmits signals to the indoor unit Mode display Displays the current operation mode Including AUTO mB COOL d L DRY Y J HEAT Ai Not applicable to cooling only models FAN ONLY we jand back to AUTO J ON OFF display Displayed by pressing the ON OFF button Press the ON OFF button again to remove Temp display Displays the temperature setting 17C to 30 When you set the operating mode Z S TDT At ch Le to FAN ONLY no temperature setting is displayed SET TEMP Time display or clock time The clock time is indicated only when no AUTO ON OFF timer is set When AUTO TIMER feature is operating it displays the f AUTO ON OFF time To check the current 151118 time press the CLOCK button and the time will display Fan speed display Displays the selected fan speed AUTO no display and three fan speed levels 4 LOW ees FFF MED seggt HIGH can be indicated The fan speed is AUTO when the operating mode is either AUTO or DRY rd E Indicate Timer on off time 0 23 50 hours L FAN SPEED Lock Display Displayed by pressing the LOCK button Press the LOCK button again to
235. s plug in the EXV closes 700pulse first then opens to 350 pulse and stand by When then the unit started it opens to the right pulse 3 When the running outdoor unit receives OFF signal the EXV of slave unit will stop while master unit is running and slave unit stopped at the same time If all outdoor units stopped the EXV will close first and then open to the pulse of stand by 4 8HP 12HP models have one EXV 14 16HP models have double EXVs SV2 spray a little liquid refrigerant to cooling compressor Open when any compressor discharge temperature is higher than 100 C SV4 oil returning valve Opens after the DC inverter compressor has been run for 5 minutes and then closes 15 minutes later For the system has only one outdoor unit Every 20 minutes SV4 of each outdoor unit opens for 3 minutes For the system has more than one outdoor unit SV5 for defrosting In defrosting mode the opening of SV5 can cut the refrigerant flowing circle so the defrosting process will takes less time In cooling mode it is always off SV6 for by pass Closed when the unit stands by and system is running at heating mode Open when the discharge temperature is over high in cooling mode and close when the unit is standby or system is in heating mode Hi pressure sensor To supervisor the discharge pressure of the compressor and to control the DC fan speed For example Cooling mode launch sequence The unit has accomplish commissioning Plu
236. s240 599 9020 648 315 ns s0 e21 aeso 705 sezo 71 0950 esa 0240 657 9020 606 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 opecification and performance 16 7 17 21 20 721 21 10 748 21 10 7 76 21 00 7 90 21 00 8 03 21 00 8 31 5 5 6 27 50 8 40 27 40 8 61 27 40 8 83 27 30 8 92 27 30 9 03 27 20 9 25 k k k k Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 5 5 6 24 84 8 29 23 45 7 13 22 05 7 17 21 25 6 90 20 55 8 15 19 16 6 12 o o7 2404 7n 2045 se 2205 618 2125 595 2055 ss 1916 530 7 s as 57 2345 saa Maio 2125 488 2055 471 19 6 437 s 7s 2404 647 2045 619 2205 a79 2125 asa 2058 ar 19 6 434 11 9 8 24 84 5 18 23 45 4 85 22 05 4 55 21 25 4 39 20 55 4 24 19 16 3 93 os 2130 009 2010 756 1890 701 1000 674 1779 648 1650 598 l CO no CA CH B D N N O SE CH AB GA C1 co co CH e 3 CH l 00 LA CH CO O I l N O CO CO CH O C1 CH CO C1 C1 7 s w 4o 1075 079 Fees 15 15 545 1008 so 1058 932 Lo ee m se 187 ee 1979 se 1658 919 we se 1900 2e N o Note 1 is shown as reference 2 In cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 48 degree C when selecting the models In heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3
237. sening wind Auto Ka Y indoor 0 50 Pupnilsgn Cau OUTDOOR CTRLER 16 Hm sway Y OLA id 7 Ef i Fus zide Fus Hie Expand Al Collapse All Note The address 192 168 234 234 is not constant in every CCMO8 Users can find the default address in the package Please modify the address of MD CCMOS8 and make sure that the address is in the same subnet with the BMS computer before used Moreover the default administrator account to login the MD CCMO6G is Admin default password 123456 To save the air conditioner s running data an SD card is needed but not included in this product Users can purchase one from the market SD cards of different volume can save different periods of running data Normally an SD card of 1 GB is able to save the data of more than 1 year 2 5 1 4 Available BMS MD CCMO6G has a wonderful adaptability to the BMS It can be connected to many company s building eet system software We can get the mainly supporting BMS information from the table bellow Compay BMS software Brand o ame Jess 98 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 5 2 Building gateway MD CCMO7 E MD CCMO7 E is a gateway to connect the indoor units and outdoor units to the LonWorks network MD CCMO7 E helps other LonWorks devices gathering the information from the Midea central A C and help setting the indoor units working mode Compared with the MD CCMO7
238. ss this key to select the water heater And then we can change the setting of the fresh air unit TIMING button Press this button to start setting the turning on and turning off schedule of the indoor unit UP and DOWN button Used for adjusting the setting temperature the air conditioner and the water heater Users can lock or unlock the keyboard by pressing the 2 keys synchronously CANCEL button Cancel the setting operation A single air conditioner selection button Use this button to select the corresponding air conditioner FAN SPEED button Press this button to change the fan s running speed 2 4 5 3 Installation Dimension KJRF 180A MBT E 180 122 69mm KJRF 180A1 MBT E 180 122 69mm Upper Shell EE 88 8 zag BO E ONOFF GC MAT TE WED THU es sie Screw hole as ES ort urn EB sa P ga pB 4 holes 180mm Base cabinet 1 KJRF 180A MBT 86 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 20mm 69mm KJRF 180A1 MBT g 50 5 50 5 lt Feli DE m Electric and Control System 87 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Detaching the shell Turn the slotted screwdriver lightly then it can open the upper cover 3 Screw nail use to fix the multifunctional controller GB8AS ST3 9 25 Chassis Flip cover Front cover Power connector 198V 242V 50 60Hz Connector connect with the water heater Connector c
239. st the system s time 68 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System a We Under the main interface pe 1 Press for 5 seconds enter the time setting interface 2 Press lt gt for alongtime ta select the minute hour day month yearthat need ta be modified First press gt to selectthe Year that needs to be modified Press Add freduce modify Year then Press lt gt toselectthe Month thatneedsto be modified Press Add Reduce modify Month Press lt J gt againto selectthe Day that needs to be modified Fress Add Reduce modify Day Press J gt taselectthe Hour thatneedsto be modified 10 Press dd Reduce to modify Hour ii Press ILES again ta selectthe Minute thatneedta be modified 10 Press dd Reduce tomodify Minute 9 PressiEontirm to save the modification Note There is always a time interval between 2 periods This mean the period s off time should not be the same as the starting time of next work period The least time interval should be 10 minutes or the units cannot work as our intentions Error codes and protection codes tables Fault code Electric and Control System 69 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Inverter module protection Current of compressor is too large 4 Times E9 Fault of communicat
240. stances go into refrigeration Cycle Otherwise it will cause lower capacity abnormal high pressure in the refrigeration cycle explosion and injury Installation 15 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 17 Do not modify the length of the power supply cord or use of extension cord and do not share the single outlet with other electrical appliances Otherwise it will cause fire or electrical shock 18 Carry out the specified installation work after taking into account strong winds typhoons or earthquakes Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling and causing accidents Remark Failure to observe a warning may result in death 1 4 8 Caution 1 Ground the air conditioner Do not connect the ground wire to gas or water pipes lightning rod or a telephone ground wire Incomplete grounding may result in electric shocks 2 Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks 3 Connect the outdoor unit wires and then connect the indoor unit wires You are not allowed to connect the air conditioner with the power source until wiring and piping the air conditioner is done 4 While following the instructions in this installation manual install drain piping in order to ensure proper drainage and insulate piping in order to prevent condensation Improper drain piping may result in water leakage and property damage 5 Install the indoor and outdoor
241. sulation of duct 1 Insulation of duct parts and equipment should be conducted after confirming that the leakage test and quality of duct is qualified 2 Usually making use of centrifugal glass cotton rubber plastic material or other late model insulation duct to conduct insulation 3 Insulation layer should be even and tight Crack gap and other defects are not allowed 4 The supporting hanging and mounting bracket of duct should be set up to the outside of insulation layer and insert bed timber between bracket and duct 5 Thickness of insulation layer 1 As for the inlet and outlet duct installed in room free of air conditioner the thickness of insulation layer should be above 40mm when adopting centrifugal glass cotton for insulation 2 As for the inlet and outlet duct installed in room with air conditioner the thickness of insulation layer should be above 25mm when adopting centrifugal glass cotton for insulation 3 When adopting rubber plastic material and other materials the thickness of insulation layer should be come out in accordance with design requirement or calculation Installation 49 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation 7 Electrical Engineering Please refer to Part 3 Outdoor Units Specification amp Performance Highlights of electrical installation 1 Purchased wiring parts and materials should be in compliance with the local and national regulations 2 All field wiring construction should be finished by q
242. surance ISO 9001 Certificate Registration NO 01 100 019209 SCH ef Ze I b A 4 o o 9 GD Midea Refrigeration Equipment Co Ltd Zo Have received environmental management UKAS HKQAA MAQUALITY Standard ISO 14001 certification Certificate NO CC 1417 ISO 14001 2004 The International Division Midea Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Sector Add West region of Midea commercial air conditioner department Industry Avenue Beijiao Shunde Foshan Guangdong P R China Postal code 528311 Tel 86 757 26390820 Fax 86 757 23270470 http www midea com http www mideaaircon com Note The data in this book may be changed without notice for further improvement on quality and performance
243. t mode 3 no priority Priority mode 0 heating priority mode 1 cooling priority mode 2 opening the priority mode 3 response the heating mode only 4 response the cooling mode only SW1 Constrain cool button SW2 Query switch ENC1 Outdoor units address setting switch ENC2 Outdoor units capacity setting switch ENC3 Indoor units Qty Setting switch ENC4 Network address setting switch Normal display when in standby mode it indicates number of indoor units when running it indicates output percentage value of compressor 56 Commissioning Report MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting Part 5 Troubleshooting 1 Normal Air Conditioner Phenomenon 1 2 Air Conditioner Protection in Common 2 3 Malfunction Code and Troubleshooting 4 3 1 EO Outdoor unit communication malfunction cccceeeccceeseccceeeeeeceeeeseceeeeneees 5 3 2 El Phase sequence malfubictlon si ib re o es Dr ee edu Cota bebat rt E ERES 6 3 3 E2 Communication failure between master ODU and IDU 7 3 4 E4 Ambient temp sensor malfunction ccccconccnncnnncnnnnnnncnnnonanonnnonaronononanonnss 10 3 5 5 VoltdgediaditulebloE unes toss io episodes ee 11 3 6 E7 Ambient temp sensor malfunction cccoonccnncnnncnnnnonaconnnnanonnnnnaconononanonoss 12 3 7 ES Outdoor unit address ET e TE 13 3 8 E9
244. t starting status after power off 2 6 2 1 Wiring When the card is inserted to turn on the air conditioner the terminal COM1 and GND should be connected or short So the card insert system should send the signal to the terminal COM1 and GND The wiring diagram should be as follows Wiring diagram Indoor unit display board Wire controller Hotel Card Insert System AC contactor Note 1 An AC contactor or a delay is necessary to transform the signal 2 Wiring assy 1 connects the CN1 of hotel card insert assy to wire controller of air conditioner 3 Wiring assy 2 connects the CN2 of hotel card insert assy to display board and main control board of 104 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System air conditioner indoor unit euch cov eO CN2 60600606 6060 EN c MD NIMOS Note COM1 and GND terminals should be short to work and not be connected to the power The electricity voltage over 5V will probably damage the device or get the device burnt and cause fire 2 6 2 2 Installation Dimensions Wires 7 To CN1 of hotel card inserter E white PL 7 White D To 10B Black AAN Black Red tc Red C wre Orange Orange B controller Blue au Blue L mA o Cn2 of hotel card inserter Brown Ny LA GG Brown Yellow Red T Black f Black Yellow
245. t the angle of shutter no larger than 15 Only one bending site is allowanced in the air duct otherwise device may be disoperation 2 2 8 Arrangement of outdoor units If more than two outdoor units are combined in the system these outdoor units shall be arranged according to the descending order of their cooling capacity and the outdoor unit with the highest cooling capacity shall be placed at the first branch pipe In addition the outdoor unit with the highest cooling capacity shall be set to master unit while others shall be set to slave units The following takes a system with outdoor units of 40HP 10HP 14HP 16HP as an example 1 Place the outdoor unit of 16HP beside the first branch pipe see the figure below 2 Place the outdoor units in the descending order of their cooling capacity namely 16HP 14HP and 10HP 3 Set the outdoor unit of 16HP to master unit and the outdoor units of 14HP and 10HP to slave unit 16HP 14HP 10HP Outdoor unit 40HP Thetst branching tube Indoor unit A Indoor unit B Indoor unit C Remark All the outdoor units should be installed on the location of same level or it may cause imbalance of refrigerant distributing and lead the fault of the compressors Although the V44 K series outdoor units can auto balance the load due to the master free cycle duty operation but it is still recommended to install the biggest unit close to the first branch and set as master also Installation 2
246. t used for confluence pipe Attention through converge point need use PVC40 or larger pipe 4 3 4 Operation process of concentrated drainage Install indoor unit connect drainage pipe water passing test and overflowing water test thermal insulation of drainage pipe S Installation 41 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Caution 1 Increase drainage point as much as possible and reduce quantity of connected indoor units to ensure horizontal main drainage pipe not be too long 2 Units with drainage pump and natural drainage shall converge to different drainage system separately 3 Add two elbows at air outlet and make sure its mouth faces down to prevent dirt and so on dropping into pipe to create blockage blowhole radient 1 100 or above 4 4 Lifting of Drainage Pipe for the Unit with Lift Pump 4 4 1 Installation of lift pipe 1 When connecting drainage pipe with indoor unit use pipe clamp shipped with unit to fix Glue splicing is not permitted for ensuring convenience in repairing 2 To ensure 1 100 slope total lift height of drainage pipe H shall depend on indoor unit s pump and do not set vent pipe on the lifting pipe section After lifting vertically immediately place down inclined otherwise it will cause error operation of switch at water pump The connecting method is shown as follows lt 150mm set up height H refer to the data with the unit flexible pipe 300mm Note Ai
247. th LCD backlight Temperature setting Wireless remote control restriction Sleep and Silent mode Mode lock Permanent schedule setting storage 2 4 2 1 System configure MD CCMOS9 E is only a indoor units centralized controller but with this device we could set the indoor unit s functions compactly and conveniently 1 All the indoor units and outdoor units are V4 series the topology of the network can be as follows Moreover the 2 way of connecting is also adaptable in this condition Electric and Control System 53 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System l K1 K2 E MD CCMO9 E controller needs connecting it with other indoor units in a hand in hand way which is the same connecting way with MD CCMO3 For the 2 type of topology either of the connecting ways below is available Weekly timer central controller 54 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System ejm j m jj m me Le Weekly timer central controller Expansive Function MD CCMO9 E is also can be connected to the Network module MD NIMO1 which can assign an network address the indoor unit with this function Indoor Weekly timer central controller 7 D WA 64 To establish a steady network the following should be noted B Directly connect 20V 50 60Hz power supply to ends L and N of the socket on the back of the central controller B The signal cable and power cable of the central con
248. th exist Some types do not have this button 2 3 1 2 Installation Dimensions 120 120 15mm Electric and Control System 31 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Turn a screwdriver at the concave on bottom panel of the Wire Controller to remove the Back Cover Wire Controller Back Cover Wire Controller Top Cover Wire Controller LCD Wire Controller Board Wood Mounting Screw M4X20 When installing the Wire Controller Cover be sure there is a hole in the wall to avoid the Wire Controller Back Cover being fixed directly to the wall When installing the Wire Controller you should Which is not allowed for the Wire Joint adjust the bottom of the Wire Controller Board to extrudes out of the Wire Controller the Wire Controller Back Cover which should be Back Cover fixed first then press the other end of the Wire Controller Board Wire Controller Bottom Cover Preparation before Installation Make sure the following pasts has been prepared INO Name QTY Remas oS 1 Wire Controter 1 WithCover 2 Wood Mounting Screw 3 M4x20 For mounting on the wall M4x25 For Mounting on the electrical switch box 5 Owners Manual p oOo yO Prepare for the following at installation site Install into Install on the wall the wall mn 5 core Shield Cable JV 0 05mm x5 Cable no more than 15M Switch Box Wiring Tube Insulating Sleeve and Tightening Screw Note Do not turn screws too
249. that the EEPROM malfunctions 2 4 3 4 Installation of KJR 90B M Dimensions 90 86 8mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 t 12 13 14 15 T2 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 1 Please correct to connect the 2 core and 3 core shielded wire to imbed the wall 2 When no less than 3 pieces of KJR 90B M install nearly please keep over 2m distance each other to avoid interfere Electric and Control System T3 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System KJR 90B M should be connect in a hand in hand way to the indoor units It does not contains power transforming function so this controller should obtain 5V power from the indoor units display panel In fact the display panel usually has a port in which two of pins are the 5V and GND These two pins can be connect to the KJR 90B M electric control box of indoor unit display board Wiring ports of general controller KJR 90B M X yellow GND white Y orange 5V red E black Note KJR 90B M uses a DC 5V power Remember do not connect strong electricity power to KJR 90B M or the controller may blow X Y E X Y E XN E X Y E x CT 5V GND PTA N indoor unit 1 indoor unit 2 indoor unit 16 ZE Ken d ZE UN control box A display control box in indoor unit one of 16 indoor units Note 1 KJR 90B M connects max 16 indoor units otherwise the operation is invalid 2 Please correctly set n
250. tion 1 4 1 Installation tools and instruments All the necessary tools should be available and their models and specifications should meet the installation and technical requirements The instruments and meters should be tested or verified and their scales and accuracy should meet the requirements The common tools for installing refrigerant machine are listed below o a Eee scale P Sem 1 In 8e 3 Ppebexe Sping mechanic o eege diameter specification Depend on the pipe a uL EMT Depend on the nozzle NEN Adjustable NENNEN H size spanner Resistance 7 Scraper tester Injection tube Mutimeter Pressure 10 POUDIE ended 4 0MPa 24 reducing pressure gauge Sen 11 12 Hexagon ring Horizontal rue 28 Torque wrench 4 In addition tools such as electric welder cutter A shape ladder electric drill folding machine forming machine nitrogen cylinder are also generally used during the installation 1 4 2 Audit of construction drawings Before the engineering installation read carefully the related drawings to understand the design intention audit the drawings and then work out a detailed engineering organization plan 1 Make sure that the pipe diameters and branch pipe models meet the technical specifications 2 Ratio of slope drainage mode and thermal insulation of condensate water 3 Making of air duct and air opening and air ventilation organization 4 Configuration specifica
251. tions model and control mode of power cables 5 Making total length and control mode of control cable Installation 13 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation The engineering construction staff should follow the construction drawing strictly during the construction If any change is required such change should be approved by the design department and be documented 1 4 3 Construction organization plan Construction organization plan serves as the comprehensive technical and economic documents that guide the construction preparation and scientific construction organization A reasonable construction organization plan and careful implementation of it are essential to ensure smooth construction shorten construction period ensure construction quality and improve economic results The construction plan should be concise and focuses on key procedures construction method and time coordination space disposal of the construction around the features of the engineering thus to ensure smooth construction operation 1 4 4 Training of installation team Establish sound training mechanisms Service engineers are required to train installation team managers work supervisors to train workers and managers to train workers of special type Establish a management mechanism in which pre working training before shift disclosure and after shift implementation are available 1 4 5 Coordination with other sectors Ensure smooth coordination and meticulous or
252. to a fine control box Check whether the compressor could start Measure between electrolytic capacitors 3102 30V is standard t NO the compressor Replace Replace the control PCE 31 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 1 1 DC generatrix detection FIRE Direction of the running through the inductor should be the same as the direction of arrow marked on the inductor 1 2 Voltage check of DC generatrix 1 2 1 Check the voltage of DC generatrix which is normal between 510V and 580V If less go to next step 1 2 2 Check the rectification circuit Find out any loose in the circuit Moreover check the filter board rectifier stacks Mind DC and AC switch on the meter while doing this 1 2 3 If none of the above works replace the main control board 2 Voltage check of module 32 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 20012 09 Troubleshooting 2 The voltage between N and P should be 1 41times to local power supply 2 2 The voltage between 1 and 2 should range from 510V to 580V 2 3 The resistance between 1 2 3 4 5 should be infinite If any of them is about 0 which means the module has already been broken down we need to replace the module 3 Compressor s characteristics 3 1 Measure the resistance among the compressor sU V W respectively The resistance should range from 0 9 to 5 Ohms and be the same 3 2 Measure the resistance between the compressor s U V W and GND
253. to avoid modes conflict Building gateway connects to Lonworks network for integrating to other BMS to realize air conditioner manage and control It needn t match Midea network system and PC Building gateway connects to BAKNET network for integrating to other BMS to realize air conditioner manage and control It needn t match Midea network system and PC GateWay 01 E support the Modbus protocol network bridge the Midea central AC system to the BMS compose a Modbus network of up to 1024 indoor units and 64 outdoor units The 4th generation network monitoring system IMM Intelligent Manager of Midea Match hotel card system to control the air conditioner Send the electric energy data to outdoor unit for realizing network fee charge function Automatically turn off and turn on the indoor unit saving energy MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 2 Wireless Remote Controller More the following functions than general wireless remote controller add R51C BGE l water add humid exchange air fresh air and etc R51D E General functions R51 E General functions and without economic mode R5114 BGE General functions with backlight and FOLLOW ME ROS BGE Big screen and LCD display with back light display clock function Wireless remote I l controller ROG BGE iere is the same as RO5 BGE and only the appearance is For cooling only mode The function is the same as RO5 BGE and only the ROG BGCE
254. to display the unified setting interface Automatically return to the main interface if no operation is performed for a period of time Set the running mode of all air conditioners under this page including mode temperature and Fan speed Electric and Control System 59 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System All indoor l1 3HBHBHBHHEHHEHBHHHHHHHEHHHHHHESHHES o BET nr umauecesa xe er ee so os os oe os oe oa or bona 3 ve re so s sera o ps os zo 20 0 a1 sz ss ans e ar se s o at aseo en a n 47 ET ejes o sr sa 55 24 5990 e env eo ez 1 os Po Eee aa ee Weekly timer off Lock Lock remoter Cool Keyboard panel and button functions s e e JJ C C9 E 9 E set unsuccessfully 0 28 20 08 F KAS 1 On Off key Press the ON OFF button All air conditioners will be shut down if they are running on the contrary they will be started up If you press the button for less than 5 seconds the startup mode is the last running mode of the air conditioner If you press the button for more than 5 seconds the startup mode is cooling fan runs at high Speed and the set temp is 24 degrees 2 SET key Press the SET button and then select set single or set all Set single indicates to set the parameter such as mode temperature Fan speed weekly timer of an single selected air conditioner Set all indicates to set the parameter of all air conditioners
255. troller cannot be contained in the same cable tube The distance between the signal cable tube and power cable tube shall be between 300mm 500mm at least B The total signal cable length of the central controller shall not exceed 1 200m B Make sure there is no joint in the middle of the shielded cable If such a joint exists use a socket to connect 2 4 2 2 Description Names and Functions Electric and Control System 55 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 pesds ues Alg UBy SAO aja Paqe sip Hung em 3poLu apo w layoiuos 42071 JES8H 0075 Buijooa Buneau 91081 yd 9x2 i Re Jajeay Auo apow Kjuo aspou Burp Palqe sip A Buyoos o1 BGunesyiaporuos Bu011nq jpg AMENA BurysoqilozGuryoo aipuse dl Buryseq 31119913 BAO Sa Electric and Control uoijeulo n v epo uny HO DUIMS uouoa3 Haut EEEN epolA uny L ENA l l1 l1 AddAgnaddandnddHandaddaunaut x meum RAT E EET sss i s EEGENEN zs er sv vr sv fer 19 oF e e s e e e ee ae ie or se ez zz oe x val ezpee Gleis ose ade cm n er zn n or eo eo zo ao oo ve eoo ro eo EE 19394014 TW Jeg Aden FUE Am SSeoonsun d yns s Kg ajelado 125 i i SISUGIIPUGS NE LO 3 096 x11J2 Ul UOIUDU OO eul L C System 09730 ejdsip ny 56 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Icon Meaing lco Meanig eS Auto mode Fan only mode Quo aome Ide eee Dry mod
256. ualified electrician 3 Air conditioning equipment should be grounded according to the relevant local and national electrical regulations 4 Current leakage protection switch should be installed select current leakage breaker in light of the 1 5 2 times of total loading rated current 5 When connecting wiring and wire holder use cable clamp to fix and make sure no exposure 6 Refrigerant piping system and wiring system of indoor and outdoor unit belongs to the different system 7 Do not connect the power wire to the terminal of signal wire 8 When power wire is parallel with signal wire put wires to their own wire tube and remain proper gap the current capacity of power wire is 10A below 300mm 50A below 500mm 9 Voltage discrepancy of power wire terminal side of power transformer and end voltage side of unit should be less than 2 If its length could not be shortened thicken the power wire Voltage discrepancy between phases shall not pass 296 rated value and Current discrepancy between highest and lowest phase should be less than 3 rated value Selection of Wiring 1 The selection of wiring area shall in accordance with the requirements below 1 Voltage lose of wire shall meet the requirement of terminal voltage for normal operation and startup 2 The wiring current carrying capacity determined by installed method and environment is not less than the largest current of unit 3 Wiring shall ensure the stability of moveme
257. uction just could be carried out after air tightness test at welding area opening expending area and flange joint is successful 6 1 2 Purpose of refrigerant piping insulation 1 During operation temperature of gas pipe and liquid pipe shall be over heating or over cooling extremely Therefore it is necessary to carry out insulation otherwise it shall reduce the performance of unit and burn compressor 2 Gas pipe temperature is very low during cooling If insulation is not enough it shall form dew and cause leakage 3 Temperature of outlet pipe gas pipe is very high generally 50 100 C during heating Touching due to carelessness shall cause hurt so it is necessary to take insulation measures to avoid getting hurt 6 1 3 Selection of insulation materials for refrigerant piping Adopt hole closed foam insulation materials with level B1of burning retardant and over 120 C of constant burning performance 6 1 4 Thickness of insulation layer 1 When outer diameter of copper pipe d is less than or equal to 12 7mm the thickness of insulation layer 6 shall be above 15mm When outer diameter of copper pipe d is more than or equal to 15 88mm the thickness of insulation layer 6 shall be above 20mm 2 In hot and wet environment the above recommended value shall be increased one time Note The outdoor pipeline shall be protected by metal case to proof sunshine storm and air erosion and prevent damage of external force or man made d
258. unction between IC 0537 and MC9S08AC128 Outdoor Unit H1 Display Error Communication error happens between IC 0537 and MC9S08AC128 Explanation Supposed 1 Disconnection of the pins of IC MC9S08AC128 Causes 2 Environment interference Troubleshooting Power supply is abnormal Check the power supply C phase is lack of electricity Ensure it is stable and right Recovery after restart the Transformer of mainboard y machine power supply is fault Reinstall the chip or replace other chip Chip fault or chip foot sheds off or chip installed in fault machine to determine is inverted correct mode is semicircular whether it s for chip fault Mainboard failure Replace Mainboard 16 Troubleshooting MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Troubleshooting 3 11 H2 H3 Outdoor unit quantities decreasing increasing malfunction Outdoor Unit Display H2 H3 master unit displays only Error ODU displays H2 H3 All ODU are standby Explanation Supposed 1 ODU communication lines loose Causes 2 Some of the ODU in combination power off Troubleshooting H2 H3 Communication wire between outdoor units gets loose H1 H2 and E Some outdoor unit 1s power down when in modules combination Outdoor units address code setting is repeated Main control board fails Troubleshooting Reconnect and ensure that connection is reliable Comes back to normal after being re powered To Re set
259. unit Make sure the model is correct e Refrigerant piping engineering enne enne enne ek E e eos Keep the refrigerant pipes dry clean and sealed e Water drainage piping engineering Downward inclination e Air duct engineering EE Ensure sufficient ventilation rate e Thermal insulation engineering Ensure no gap between the thermal insulation materials U 10 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation Electric engineering ee rere eer eee Select proper power cables signal cable power cable esse Signal cable should use 3 cores shielded wires On site setup Follow the wiring diagram to avoid incorrect setup Basement work for outdoor Up wenn une ener aen Kn ben Km Avoid short circuit ventilation and ensure sufficient maintenance space Installing outdoor UD enee enne enne eoe e KE KE KE KE rn Avoid short circuit ventilation and ensure sufficient maintenance space Y Nit TICNINGSS Ta Check whether the air pressure remains at 4 0Mpa R410a after correction is made within 24 hours Vacuum drying Use vacuum pump that has a vacuum degree of less than 775mmHg recharging refrigerant 2 eere eene renun nnn Record the amount of refrigerant to be recharged on the outdoor unit and document it Installing decorative panel eee KEE K EK KK Ensure no gap between decorative panel and ceiling
260. upply without power facilit Minimum Power wire diameter mm Leakage manual switch CA protector Power supply Wiring of mental and synthetic resin MDV 252 8 W DRN1 C B 4 10mm L lt 20m MDV 280 10 W DRN 1 C 380V 415V 3N 4 16mmY L lt 50m MDV 335 12 W DRN1 C 2 MDV 400 14 W DRN1 C 4 16mm Ls20m MDV 450 16 W DRN1 C 4 25mm L lt 50m 5 3 2 With power facilities Outdoor unit power supply 380 415V 3N 50Hz Leakage Manual protector switch Leakage protector Manual switch E with leakage protector A D protector M o SES MN Sea A Outdoor unit SD coup b l d 7 Outdoor unit Geng Branch box X IN Outdoor unit e GND Power facilities 2 with leakage protector Cutaoor unit w GND Specification and performance MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Note 1 Select power cord for these five models separately according to relevant standard 8HP 10HP 12HP 14HP 16HP 2 he wiring diameter and the length in the table indicate the condition that the voltage dropping range is within 2 If the length exceeds the above figure please select the wire diameter according to relevant standard 3 Select the wire diameter Power wiring refer to the main wire a connecting to branch box and the wiring b between branch box and power facilities Please select the wire diameter according to the following requirement 4 Diameter of main wire a Depend on the total horsepowe
261. use one way valve to prevent reverse flow of oil in vacuum pump 3 3 1 3 Vacuum drying for pipe Vacuum drying Use vacuum pump to make the moisture liquid in pipeline change into steam which will eliminate the moist of the pipeline and keep drying of pipe inner Under atmospheric pressure water s boiling point steam temperature is 100 C while its boiling point will decline when using vacuum 36 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Installation pump reduce the pipeline pressure to vacuum When the boiling point declines under outdoor r E moisture in pipe shall be evaporated 3 3 2 Operation procedure for vacuum drying 3 3 2 1 Methods of vacuum drying By different construction environment there are two kinds of vacuum drying ways ordinary vacuum drying and special vacuum drying 3 3 2 1 1 Ordinary vacuum drying 1 Firstly connect the pressure gauge to the infusing mouth of gas pipe and liquid pipe keep vacuum pump running for above 2 hours and it is quality that vacuum degree of vacuum pump is below 55mmHg 2 If the vacuum degree of vacuum pump could not be below 755mmHg after 2 hours of drying system will continue drying for one hour 3 If the vacuum degree of vacuum pump could not be below 755mmHg after 3 hours of drying please check the system leakage source 4 Vacuum placement test when the vacuum degree reaches 755mmH keep rest for 1 hour If the indicator of vacuum gauge does not go up it is qualified If going
262. used for further function designed and do not function by now Ethernet B port is an Ethernet interface base on the BACnet network protocol Connect this port with the BACnet HUB then the device connect to the HUB can communicate with the MD CCMO8 485A 485D 4 groups of RS 485 communicative port Each port can be connected to a MD CCMO2 or MD CCM08 via the F1 F2 E terminals 2 5 1 3 WEB access MD CCMO68 can offer web service which allows users access the gateway from the local computer network Type the address of MD CCMO08 in the explorer s address field and users can view then MD CCMOS8 s connecting status or change the working status of the indoor units The interfaces are as follows ik 192 168 204 234 v f id The Building Central Controller of Midea Central Air eo Fertmmance About AA ea conditioning About The building central controllers of Midea central air condibonings are designed as me BACnet Lon Works or Ethemet buiding controller products to integrate between Midea Central Air condiboning Systems and Building Management Systems Product Specify e Adopts an embedded Linux operating system and has many excellent charactertsecs tke running stably maintaining simply ek e Has a 16 bytes SD memory card and can save central air conditioning operation information of not less man a year e Embeds a web server and users can access the controller from an internet explorer to monitor control and ma
263. utdoor unit EE TER co 07 NM BB ha any ToRS485 Rs232 mm 1 F2 E El Converter K1 K2 E P Q E Central controller of indoor unit P Q E P Q E Max 64 P Q E Ys gt X Y E X Y E X YE Intdoor unit Intdoor unit Intdoor unit To RS485 RS232 F1 F2 E Converter Intdoor unit Electric and Control System 17 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System 2 1 5 Controller introduction and assy More the following functions than general wireless remote R51C BGE controller add water add humid exchange air fresh air and etc R5114 BGE General functions with backlight and FOLLOW ME R51D E General functions R51 E General functions and without economic mode ROB BGE Big screen and LCD display with back light display clock function ROG BGE The function is the same as RO5 BGE and only the appearance is different ROG BGCE For cooling only mode The function is the same as ROS BGE and only the appearance is different RMOS BG T E A General remote functions with address setting function KJR 10B DP T E Connection needs that the indoor unit display panel contains a corresponding port The function is generally the same as the KJR 10B DP T E but excluding the heat mode Wireless remote controller KJR 10B DPC T E This controller integrate FOLLOW ME function others is the KJR 12B DP T E same with KJR 10B DP T E Wired
264. utdoor units is bottom Max drop between indoor units ss 3 3 3 3 3 313 4x16 16 L lt 20m 4x16 16 L lt 20m 4x25 16 L lt 50m 4x25 16 L lt 50m 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring i Power wiring mm Connection wiring Signal wiring Ambient temp range Cooling Ambient temp range Heating Notes 1 The cooling conditions indoor temp 27 C DB 80 6 F 19 CWB 60 F outdoor temp 35 CDB 95 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 2 The heating conditions indoor temp 20 C DB 68 F 15 CWB 44 6 F outdoor temp 7 CDB 42 8 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om N 3 Sound level Anechoic chamber conversion value measured at a point 1m in front of the unit at a height of 1 5 m During actual operation these values are normally somewhat higher as result of ambient conditions 4 Its dimension of connecting pipes between outdoor and first branch joint when the Max Equivalent length of tubing is less than 90m 5 The farthest equivalent pipe length should be equal to or shorter than 40m But it can be up to 90m if meet the required conditions following part 4 installation section 6 The above data may be changed without notice for future improvement on quality and performance Specification and performance 5 Specification and performance 2 Dimensions 2 1 Units Dimension 8HP 10HP Dimensions Combinable MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Y e M 1 A d N M S
265. water pump can be started up and shut down normally by infusing water into the water containing plate of indoor unit and powering on 4 All joints shall be firm particularly PVC pipe 5 The drainage pipe is not allowed to turn to adverse slope horizontal and bending 6 Dimension of drainage pipe shall be not less than the connecting mouth size of drain piping to indoor unit 7 Work out thermal insulation of drainage pipe otherwise it is easy to produce condensation Thermal insulation processing shall be continued to the connecting part of indoor unit 8 Indoor units with different draining pattern shall not share the same concentrated drainage pipe 9 Discharge of condensate water cannot influence normal life and working of other people 10 As for long drainage pipe hanging bolt shall be used to ensure 1 100 slope without bending PVC pipe X The support gap of horizontal pipe is 0 8 1 0mm If the gap is too large it shall produce bending and air resistance while air resistance could seriously influence smoothness of water flow to cause abnormal water level As shown in following figure 4 H c rm no 6 er E e 6 Per ae fatis 3 Ses Qe a Zog Los D D 3 gap too big gas bag 4 2 Water Storing Elbow of Drainage Pipe 4 2 1 To indoor unit with large negative pressure at the outlet of water containing plate the drainage pipe must be equipped with water storing elbow 40 Installation MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Inst
266. with refrigerant piping system together 1 3 5 4 Power wiring should be done by professional electrician and complied with relevant National Electric Standard 1 3 5 5 The power supply leakage protector and manual switch of all the indoor units connecting to the same outdoor unit should be universal Please set all the indoor unit power supply of one system into the same circuit 1 3 5 6 It is suggested to use 3 core shielded wire as signal wire between indoor and outdoor units multi core wire is unavailable Pay attention to the consistency When signal wire parallel to the power wire please keep enough distance about 300mm at least to prevent interference 1 3 5 7 The power wire and signal wire can t be enlaced together 1 3 6 Lay the indoor pipeline Note Collocate the air outlet reasonably to prevent airflow short circuit Check the static pressure whether in the allowable range The air filters should be easy to unpick and wash Do pressure test on pipeline 1 3 7 Heat insulation procedure Refrigerant pipe work Check the heat insulated part Heat insulation work Note For welding part flare part and branch pipe heat insulation work must be done after finished the pressure test 1 3 8 Install outdoor unit Note 1 Gutter must be set around the foundation to drain the condensation water 2 When installing outdoor units at the roof please check the strength of the roof and pay attention not to destroy the waterproof of the roof 1
267. with Firebird 2 5 1 1 System configure MD CCMO08 is able to connect up to 4 groups of RS 485 communicative network Each of the RS 485 networks contains up to 64 indoor units or up to 32 outdoor units The input of MD CCMO8 E should be directly connected to the CCMO2 or CCMOS Electric and Control System 95 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Outdoor units MD CCMO08 controller irm Rs4e Indoor units HUB TCP IP BACnet IP protocol Rs485 Indoor units Na i L 1 1 Outdoor units E CCMO2 Monitoring system If there are a few MD CCMOS8 applied in the system the MD CCM08 can be connected to the HUB and then connected to the monitoring system and BMS Monitoring system Note MD CCM08 and the BMS computer must be at the same subnet address field Or else the device cannot work normally The default address of CCMOG is set to be under the segment 192 168 2 5 1 2 Connecting ports and functions 96 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Ethernet A notuse LonWorks not use Ethernet B 485A 485B 485C 485D Ethernet interface Four groups 485 interface Each one connects Connect Bacnet IP network with aindoor Central controller or a outdoor Central controller F1 F2 E Power Supply AC220V 50Hz Powe line Prefabrication Power Switch MD CCMO8 has some kinds of connecting ports EthernetA and LonWorks ports are
268. y Cancel the last operation and return to the last interface 2 4 2 3 Installation of CCMO9 Installation The installation method of the central controller using electrician switch case The thickness of the central controller cable shall be adjusted according to the length of the cable A proper cable tube shall be used to install the cable of the central controller Insert the flat tip screwdriver into the recess on the top panel of the case and slightly turn to open the top cover of the central controller Dimensions 170 110 71mm Dimension as shown in the right diagram Installation screw hole four Ways to open the shell and fix the controller Electric and Control System 61 MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Slightly turn flat tip screwdriver to open the top cover two Screws GB845 ST3 9 25 used for fixing the central controller Power connector of the central controller 220V AC ON COM Emergency Open Switch used to start up all air conditioners OFF COM Emergency Stop Switch used to shut down all air conditioners Communication interface to the indoor unit Wiring Diagram Map Connecting diagram of network based air conditioning system There are two types of indoor units namely indoor unit with external network interface module on the main control board or built in network interface module in the main control board 62 Electric and Control System MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electri
269. y N i J E o Ec IS 2 C 30 A 8 Des em Ness al cu K S 30 Bcc MN E Ems 30 X uc M m g NE Ce E 2 E NC 20 Ke F NC 20 S T 20 Isl ES 20 PA Mr ME Audibility limits of Audibility limits of Se continuous white sound continuous white sound ESL 3 EX E ECC 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Octave band center frequency Hz Octave band center frequency Hz 14 16 HP 70 5 NC60 c TE 2 9 2 cor ED 50 ko ii u OH 5 C 40 OE 40 o E C 30 E amp 30 g 3 C 20 20 po Audibility limits of continuous white sound 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Octave band center frequency Hz 54 Sound Levels MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Specification and performance 9 Outdoor Fan performance 9 1 8 10HP Curve diagram of static pressure air flow volume Static pressure Pa Sta Dei 4 NT ed 0 10500 10600 10700 10800 10900 11000 11100 11200 11300 11400 11500 Air flow volume m3 h 9 2 12 14 16HP Curve diagram of static pressure air flow volume 45 40 35 30 Static pressure Pa 25 20 15 10 d
270. zed controller Network interface o 0 The network interface DOG Oc may be intergrated into the indoor unit or main control board i r D N 4 e ST u gt A maximum of 64 pieces P Internet E a A maximum of 16 pieces y N N VIA N Before starting the net work please confirm that every CCMOS s address is different with each other 2 4 1 4 Query and Error code The CCMOS3 centralized controller offers the function of query of indoor units running state and displays the error code when some of the indoor units fail down i pi m F 1 Press the query button to activate the query function Firstly the display panel will display the 1st units state 2 Use the UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT buttons to select the unit we want to query The indication of error codes are as the 2 tables below Fault code EF Other faults EE Water level detection faults EC Cleaning fault EB Inverter module protection Electric and Control System 51 Outdoor unit fault MCAC VTSM 2012 09 Electric and Control System Current of compressor is too large 4 Times E9 Fault of communication between main board and display board Wind blowing speed is out of control EEPROM error Detection of current direction alternating is abnormal ES T3 or T4 temp senor of discharge of compressor fails down T2B sensor fails to work normally T2A sensor fails to work normally T1 sensor fails to work normally

Midea Commercial Air Conditioner

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents